nhyatt/putty-source
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.tartarus.org/simon/putty.git synced 2025-01-09 17:38:00 +00:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
f58ddf26fe
putty-source/otherbackends/telnet.c

1107 lines
36 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Sprinkle some header comments in various files in an attempt to explain what they're for. [originally from svn r6639]
2006-04-23 18:26:03 +00:00
/*
* Telnet backend.
*/
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
Ronald Landheer-Cieslak points out that the various back ends which treat all socket closures as clean exits (because the protocol doesn't provide for transferring a process exit code) could usefully at least treat _socket errors_ as unclean exits. Patch the Telnet, Rlogin and Raw backends to retain that information and return INT_MAX to the frontend. I wasn't sure whether it was better to solve this by modifying each affected frontend, or each affected backend. I chose the latter, but neither is really ideal; this is the sort of thing that makes me wish we had a piece of fixed middleware in between, independent of both platform and protocol. [originally from svn r9730]
2012-12-22 09:40:47 +00:00
#include <limits.h>
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
#include "putty.h"
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
#define IAC 255 /* interpret as command: */
#define DONT 254 /* you are not to use option */
#define DO 253 /* please, you use option */
#define WONT 252 /* I won't use option */
#define WILL 251 /* I will use option */
#define SB 250 /* interpret as subnegotiation */
#define SE 240 /* end sub negotiation */
#define GA 249 /* you may reverse the line */
#define EL 248 /* erase the current line */
#define EC 247 /* erase the current character */
#define AYT 246 /* are you there */
#define AO 245 /* abort output--but let prog finish */
#define IP 244 /* interrupt process--permanently */
#define BREAK 243 /* break */
#define DM 242 /* data mark--for connect. cleaning */
#define NOP 241 /* nop */
#define EOR 239 /* end of record (transparent mode) */
#define ABORT 238 /* Abort process */
#define SUSP 237 /* Suspend process */
#define xEOF 236 /* End of file: EOF is already used... */
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
Minor code cleanup: I just happened to be looking at this file for other reasons and I noticed that the list of TELOPTs is given twice and hence needs to be kept in sync. Replace with my now-standard second-order-macro approach which allows the list to be maintained in only one place. [originally from svn r8156]
2008-08-31 17:12:37 +00:00
#define TELOPTS(X) \
X(BINARY, 0) /* 8-bit data path */ \
X(ECHO, 1) /* echo */ \
X(RCP, 2) /* prepare to reconnect */ \
X(SGA, 3) /* suppress go ahead */ \
X(NAMS, 4) /* approximate message size */ \
X(STATUS, 5) /* give status */ \
X(TM, 6) /* timing mark */ \
X(RCTE, 7) /* remote controlled transmission and echo */ \
X(NAOL, 8) /* negotiate about output line width */ \
X(NAOP, 9) /* negotiate about output page size */ \
X(NAOCRD, 10) /* negotiate about CR disposition */ \
X(NAOHTS, 11) /* negotiate about horizontal tabstops */ \
X(NAOHTD, 12) /* negotiate about horizontal tab disposition */ \
X(NAOFFD, 13) /* negotiate about formfeed disposition */ \
X(NAOVTS, 14) /* negotiate about vertical tab stops */ \
X(NAOVTD, 15) /* negotiate about vertical tab disposition */ \
X(NAOLFD, 16) /* negotiate about output LF disposition */ \
X(XASCII, 17) /* extended ascic character set */ \
X(LOGOUT, 18) /* force logout */ \
X(BM, 19) /* byte macro */ \
X(DET, 20) /* data entry terminal */ \
X(SUPDUP, 21) /* supdup protocol */ \
X(SUPDUPOUTPUT, 22) /* supdup output */ \
X(SNDLOC, 23) /* send location */ \
X(TTYPE, 24) /* terminal type */ \
X(EOR, 25) /* end or record */ \
X(TUID, 26) /* TACACS user identification */ \
X(OUTMRK, 27) /* output marking */ \
X(TTYLOC, 28) /* terminal location number */ \
X(3270REGIME, 29) /* 3270 regime */ \
X(X3PAD, 30) /* X.3 PAD */ \
X(NAWS, 31) /* window size */ \
X(TSPEED, 32) /* terminal speed */ \
X(LFLOW, 33) /* remote flow control */ \
X(LINEMODE, 34) /* Linemode option */ \
X(XDISPLOC, 35) /* X Display Location */ \
X(OLD_ENVIRON, 36) /* Old - Environment variables */ \
X(AUTHENTICATION, 37) /* Authenticate */ \
X(ENCRYPT, 38) /* Encryption option */ \
X(NEW_ENVIRON, 39) /* New - Environment variables */ \
X(TN3270E, 40) /* TN3270 enhancements */ \
X(XAUTH, 41) \
X(CHARSET, 42) /* Character set */ \
X(RSP, 43) /* Remote serial port */ \
X(COM_PORT_OPTION, 44) /* Com port control */ \
X(SLE, 45) /* Suppress local echo */ \
X(STARTTLS, 46) /* Start TLS */ \
X(KERMIT, 47) /* Automatic Kermit file transfer */ \
X(SEND_URL, 48) \
X(FORWARD_X, 49) \
X(PRAGMA_LOGON, 138) \
X(SSPI_LOGON, 139) \
X(PRAGMA_HEARTBEAT, 140) \
X(EXOPL, 255) /* extended-options-list */
#define telnet_enum(x,y) TELOPT_##x = y,
enum { TELOPTS(telnet_enum) dummy=0 };
#undef telnet_enum
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
#define TELQUAL_IS 0 /* option is... */
#define TELQUAL_SEND 1 /* send option */
#define TELQUAL_INFO 2 /* ENVIRON: informational version of IS */
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
#define BSD_VAR 1
#define BSD_VALUE 0
#define RFC_VAR 0
#define RFC_VALUE 1
#define CR 13
#define LF 10
#define NUL 0
First crack at an implementation of TELOPT_BINARY, which apparently RFC 1123 (host requirements) says is compulsory. [originally from svn r2358]
2002-12-19 14:22:16 +00:00
#define iswritable(x) \
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
( (x) != IAC && \
(telnet->opt_states[o_we_bin.index] == ACTIVE || (x) != CR))
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Giant const-correctness patch of doom! Having found a lot of unfixed constness issues in recent development, I thought perhaps it was time to get proactive, so I compiled the whole codebase with -Wwrite-strings. That turned up a huge load of const problems, which I've fixed in this commit: the Unix build now goes cleanly through with -Wwrite-strings, and the Windows build is as close as I could get it (there are some lingering issues due to occasional Windows API functions like AcquireCredentialsHandle not having the right constness). Notable fallout beyond the purely mechanical changing of types: - the stuff saved by cmdline_save_param() is now explicitly dupstr()ed, and freed in cmdline_run_saved. - I couldn't make both string arguments to cmdline_process_param() const, because it intentionally writes to one of them in the case where it's the argument to -pw (in the vain hope of being at least slightly friendly to 'ps'), so elsewhere I had to temporarily dupstr() something for the sake of passing it to that function - I had to invent a silly parallel version of const_cmp() so I could pass const string literals in to lookup functions. - stripslashes() in pscp.c and psftp.c has the annoying strchr nature
2015-05-15 10:15:42 +00:00
static const char *telopt(int opt)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Minor code cleanup: I just happened to be looking at this file for other reasons and I noticed that the list of TELOPTs is given twice and hence needs to be kept in sync. Replace with my now-standard second-order-macro approach which allows the list to be maintained in only one place. [originally from svn r8156]
2008-08-31 17:12:37 +00:00
#define telnet_str(x,y) case TELOPT_##x: return #x;
switch (opt) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
TELOPTS(telnet_str)
Minor code cleanup: I just happened to be looking at this file for other reasons and I noticed that the list of TELOPTs is given twice and hence needs to be kept in sync. Replace with my now-standard second-order-macro approach which allows the list to be maintained in only one place. [originally from svn r8156]
2008-08-31 17:12:37 +00:00
default:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
return "<unknown>";
Minor code cleanup: I just happened to be looking at this file for other reasons and I noticed that the list of TELOPTs is given twice and hence needs to be kept in sync. Replace with my now-standard second-order-macro approach which allows the list to be maintained in only one place. [originally from svn r8156]
2008-08-31 17:12:37 +00:00
}
#undef telnet_str
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
struct Opt {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
int send; /* what we initially send */
int nsend; /* -ve send if requested to stop it */
int ack, nak; /* +ve and -ve acknowledgements */
int option; /* the option code */
int index; /* index into telnet->opt_states[] */
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
enum {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
REQUESTED, ACTIVE, INACTIVE, REALLY_INACTIVE
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
} initial_state;
};
enum {
OPTINDEX_NAWS,
OPTINDEX_TSPEED,
OPTINDEX_TTYPE,
OPTINDEX_OENV,
OPTINDEX_NENV,
OPTINDEX_ECHO,
OPTINDEX_WE_SGA,
OPTINDEX_THEY_SGA,
First crack at an implementation of TELOPT_BINARY, which apparently RFC 1123 (host requirements) says is compulsory. [originally from svn r2358]
2002-12-19 14:22:16 +00:00
OPTINDEX_WE_BIN,
OPTINDEX_THEY_BIN,
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
NUM_OPTS
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
};
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
static const struct Opt o_naws =
{ WILL, WONT, DO, DONT, TELOPT_NAWS, OPTINDEX_NAWS, REQUESTED };
static const struct Opt o_tspeed =
{ WILL, WONT, DO, DONT, TELOPT_TSPEED, OPTINDEX_TSPEED, REQUESTED };
static const struct Opt o_ttype =
{ WILL, WONT, DO, DONT, TELOPT_TTYPE, OPTINDEX_TTYPE, REQUESTED };
Consistent indenting in option specs [originally from svn r5502]
2005-03-14 01:56:39 +00:00
static const struct Opt o_oenv =
{ WILL, WONT, DO, DONT, TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON, OPTINDEX_OENV, INACTIVE };
static const struct Opt o_nenv =
{ WILL, WONT, DO, DONT, TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON, OPTINDEX_NENV, REQUESTED };
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
static const struct Opt o_echo =
{ DO, DONT, WILL, WONT, TELOPT_ECHO, OPTINDEX_ECHO, REQUESTED };
static const struct Opt o_we_sga =
{ WILL, WONT, DO, DONT, TELOPT_SGA, OPTINDEX_WE_SGA, REQUESTED };
static const struct Opt o_they_sga =
{ DO, DONT, WILL, WONT, TELOPT_SGA, OPTINDEX_THEY_SGA, REQUESTED };
First crack at an implementation of TELOPT_BINARY, which apparently RFC 1123 (host requirements) says is compulsory. [originally from svn r2358]
2002-12-19 14:22:16 +00:00
static const struct Opt o_we_bin =
{ WILL, WONT, DO, DONT, TELOPT_BINARY, OPTINDEX_WE_BIN, INACTIVE };
static const struct Opt o_they_bin =
{ DO, DONT, WILL, WONT, TELOPT_BINARY, OPTINDEX_THEY_BIN, INACTIVE };
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
static const struct Opt *const opts[] = {
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
&o_naws, &o_tspeed, &o_ttype, &o_oenv, &o_nenv, &o_echo,
First crack at an implementation of TELOPT_BINARY, which apparently RFC 1123 (host requirements) says is compulsory. [originally from svn r2358]
2002-12-19 14:22:16 +00:00
&o_we_sga, &o_they_sga, &o_we_bin, &o_they_bin, NULL
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
};
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
typedef struct Telnet Telnet;
struct Telnet {
Socket *s;
Non-SSH network backends: handle PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS. All four of the other network-protocol backends (Raw, Telnet, rlogin and SUPDUP) now have a 'socket_connected' flag, which starts off false and is set to true when (if) their Socket signals that the connection attempt has succeeded. This field is used to tell backend_socket_log whether the session has started yet (hence, whether it should still be logging messages from the proxy). This replaces various ad-hoc answers to that question in each backend, which were the best I could do when sockets didn't notify connection success. Now they do, we can do it properly. Also, the new flag controls the answer to each backend's sendok() method, which makes them all satisfy a new policy rule: no backend shall return true from sendok() while its network connection attempt is still ongoing. (Rationale: the network connection attempt may in future involve a proxy implementation interacting with the user via the terminal, and it can't do that if the backend is already consuming all the terminal input.)
2021-09-13 11:00:01 +00:00
bool socket_connected;
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
bool closed_on_socket_error;
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
New abstraction 'Seat', to pass to backends. This is a new vtable-based abstraction which is passed to a backend in place of Frontend, and it implements only the subset of the Frontend functions needed by a backend. (Many other Frontend functions still exist, notably the wide range of things called by terminal.c providing platform-independent operations on the GUI terminal window.) The purpose of making it a vtable is that this opens up the possibility of creating a backend as an internal implementation detail of some other activity, by providing just that one backend with a custom Seat that implements the methods differently. For example, this refactoring should make it feasible to directly implement an SSH proxy type, aka the 'jump host' feature supported by OpenSSH, aka 'open a secondary SSH session in MAINCHAN_DIRECT_TCP mode, and then expose the main channel of that as the Socket for the primary connection'. (Which of course you can already do by spawning 'plink -nc' as a separate proxy process, but this would permit it in the _same_ process without anything getting confused.) I've centralised a full set of stub methods in misc.c for the new abstraction, which allows me to get rid of several annoying stubs in the previous code. Also, while I'm here, I've moved a lot of duplicated modalfatalbox() type functions from application main program files into wincons.c / uxcons.c, which I think saves duplication overall. (A minor visible effect is that the prefixes on those console-based fatal error messages will now be more consistent between applications.)
2018-10-11 18:58:42 +00:00
Seat *seat;
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
LogContext *logctx;
Expose the Ldisc structure tag throughout the code. That's one fewer anonymous 'void *' which might be accidentally confused with some other pointer type if I misremember the order of function arguments. While I'm here, I've made its pointer-nature explicit - that is, 'Ldisc' is now a typedef for the structure type itself rather than a pointer to it. A stylistic change only, but it feels more natural to me these days for a thing you're going to eventually pass to a 'free' function.
2018-09-11 14:02:59 +00:00
Ldisc *ldisc;
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
int term_width, term_height;
Add 'description' methods for Backend and Plug. These will typically be implemented by objects that are both a Backend *and* a Plug, and the two methods will deliver the same results to any caller, regardless of which facet of the object is known to that caller. Their purpose is to deliver a user-oriented natural-language description of what network connection the object is handling, so that it can appear in diagnostic messages. The messages I specifically have in mind are going to appear in cases where proxies require interactive authentication: when PuTTY prompts interactively for a password, it will need to explain which *thing* it's asking for the password for, and these descriptions are what it will use to describe the thing in question. Each backend is allowed to compose these messages however it thinks best. In all cases at present, the description string is constructed by the new centralised default_description() function, which takes a host name and port number and combines them with the backend's display name. But the SSH backend does things a bit differently, because it uses the _logical_ host name (the one that goes with the SSH host key) rather than the physical destination of the network connection. That seems more appropriate when the question it's really helping the user to answer is "What host am I supposed to be entering the password for?" In this commit, no clients of the new methods are introduced. I have a draft implementation of actually using it for the purpose I describe above, but it needs polishing.
2021-10-24 08:18:12 +00:00
char *description;
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
int opt_states[NUM_OPTS];
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
bool echoing, editing;
bool activated;
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
size_t bufsize;
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
bool in_synch;
Replace more ad-hoc growing char buffers with strbuf. I've fixed a handful of these where I found them in passing, but when I went systematically looking, there were a lot more that I hadn't found! A particular highlight of this collection is the code that formats Windows clipboard data in RTF, which was absolutely crying out for strbuf_catf, and now it's got it.
2019-02-11 06:58:07 +00:00
int sb_opt;
strbuf *sb_buf;
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
enum {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
TOP_LEVEL, SEENIAC, SEENWILL, SEENWONT, SEENDO, SEENDONT,
Formatting: miscellaneous. This patch fixes a few other whitespace and formatting issues which were pointed out by the bulk-reindent or which I spotted in passing, some involving manual editing to break lines more nicely. I think the weirdest hunk in here is the one in windows/window.c TranslateKey() where _half_ of an assignment statement inside an 'if' was on the same line as the trailing paren of the if condition. No idea at all how that one managed to happen!
2022-08-03 19:48:46 +00:00
SEENSB, SUBNEGOT, SUBNEG_IAC, SEENCR
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
} state;
Post-release destabilisation! Completely remove the struct type 'Config' in putty.h, which stores all PuTTY's settings and includes an arbitrary length limit on every single one of those settings which is stored in string form. In place of it is 'Conf', an opaque data type everywhere outside the new file conf.c, which stores a list of (key, value) pairs in which every key contains an integer identifying a configuration setting, and for some of those integers the key also contains extra parts (so that, for instance, CONF_environmt is a string-to-string mapping). Everywhere that a Config was previously used, a Conf is now; everywhere there was a Config structure copy, conf_copy() is called; every lookup, adjustment, load and save operation on a Config has been rewritten; and there's a mechanism for serialising a Conf into a binary blob and back for use with Duplicate Session. User-visible effects of this change _should_ be minimal, though I don't doubt I've introduced one or two bugs here and there which will eventually be found. The _intended_ visible effects of this change are that all arbitrary limits on configuration strings and lists (e.g. limit on number of port forwardings) should now disappear; that list boxes in the configuration will now be displayed in a sorted order rather than the arbitrary order in which they were added to the list (since the underlying data structure is now a sorted tree234 rather than an ad-hoc comma-separated string); and one more specific change, which is that local and dynamic port forwardings on the same port number are now mutually exclusive in the configuration (putting 'D' in the key rather than the value was a mistake in the first place). One other reorganisation as a result of this is that I've moved all the dialog.c standard handlers (dlg_stdeditbox_handler and friends) out into config.c, because I can't really justify calling them generic any more. When they took a pointer to an arbitrary structure type and the offset of a field within that structure, they were independent of whether that structure was a Config or something completely different, but now they really do expect to talk to a Conf, which can _only_ be used for PuTTY configuration, so I've renamed them all things like conf_editbox_handler and moved them out of the nominally independent dialog-box management module into the PuTTY-specific config.c. [originally from svn r9214]
2011-07-14 18:52:21 +00:00
Conf *conf;
New timing infrastructure. There's a new function schedule_timer() which pretty much any module can call to request a call-back in the future. So terminal.c can do its own handling of blinking, visual bells and deferred screen updates, without having to rely on term_update() being called 50 times a second (fixes: pterm-timer); and ssh.c and telnet.c both invoke a new module pinger.c which takes care of sending keepalives, so they get sent uniformly in all front ends (fixes: plink-keepalives, unix-keepalives). [originally from svn r4906] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2004-11-27 13:20:21 +00:00
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
Pinger *pinger;
Modernise the Socket/Plug vtable system. Now I've got FROMFIELD, I can rework it so that structures providing an implementation of the Socket or Plug trait no longer have to have the vtable pointer as the very first thing in the structure. In particular, this means that the ProxySocket structure can now directly implement _both_ the Socket and Plug traits, which is always _logically_ how it's worked, but previously it had to be implemented via two separate structs linked to each other.
2018-05-27 08:29:33 +00:00
Make Socket and Plug into structs. I think that means that _every_ one of my traitoids is now a struct containing a vtable pointer as one of its fields (albeit sometimes the only field), and never just a bare pointer.
2018-10-05 06:24:16 +00:00
Plug plug;
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
Backend backend;
Introduce a new 'Interactor' trait. This trait will be implemented by anything that wants to display interactive prompts or notifications to the user in the course of setting up a network connection, _or_ anything that wants to make a network connection whose proxy setup might in turn need to do that. To begin with, that means every Backend that makes network connections at all must be an Interactor, because any of those network connections might be proxied via an SSH jump host which might need to interact with the user. I'll fill in the contents of this trait over the next few commits, to keep the patches comprehensible. For the moment, I've just introduced the trait, set up implementations of it in the five network backends, and given it a single 'description' method. The previous 'description' methods of Backend and Plug are now removed, and their work is done by the new Interactor method instead. (I changed my mind since last week about where that should best live.) This isn't too much of an upheaval, fortunately, because I hadn't got round yet to committing anything that used those methods!
2021-10-30 16:16:08 +00:00
Interactor interactor;
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
};
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
Extensive changes that _should_ fix the socket buffering problems, by ceasing to listen on input channels if the corresponding output channel isn't accepting data. Has had basic check-I-didn't-actually- break-anything-too-badly testing, but hasn't been genuinely tested in stress conditions (because concocting stress conditions is non- trivial). [originally from svn r1198]
2001-08-25 17:09:23 +00:00
#define TELNET_MAX_BACKLOG 4096
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
#define SB_DELTA 1024
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
static void c_write(Telnet *telnet, const void *buf, size_t len)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
size_t backlog = seat_stdout(telnet->seat, buf, len);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
sk_set_frozen(telnet->s, backlog > TELNET_MAX_BACKLOG);
Introduce a sane interface function, from_backend(), for backends to use when they have data from the network. Replaces the utterly daft inbuf / inbuf_head / term_out() interface, which only made sense when feeding to terminal.c. (terminal.c now implements from_backend() as a small function that gateways to the old interface.) As a side effect, from_backend() also has an `is_stderr' parameter, so scp can once again separate the server's pronouncements on stderr from the actual protocol progress on stdout. [originally from svn r729]
2000-10-20 13:51:46 +00:00
}
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
static void log_option(Telnet *telnet, const char *sender, int cmd, int option)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Split a trigraph sequence in a string constant. [originally from svn r2166]
2002-11-01 12:52:51 +00:00
/*
* The strange-looking "<?""?>" below is there to avoid a
* trigraph - a double question mark followed by > maps to a
* closing brace character!
*/
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logeventf(telnet->logctx, "%s negotiation: %s %s", sender,
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
(cmd == WILL ? "WILL" : cmd == WONT ? "WONT" :
cmd == DO ? "DO" : cmd == DONT ? "DONT" : "<?""?>"),
telopt(option));
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
static void send_opt(Telnet *telnet, int cmd, int option)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
unsigned char b[3];
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
b[0] = IAC;
b[1] = cmd;
b[2] = option;
Make lots of generic data parameters into 'void *'. This is a cleanup I started to notice a need for during the BinarySink work. It removes a lot of faffing about casting things to char * or unsigned char * so that some API will accept them, even though lots of such APIs really take a plain 'block of raw binary data' argument and don't care what C thinks the signedness of that data might be - they may well reinterpret it back and forth internally. So I've tried to arrange for all the function call APIs that ought to have a void * (or const void *) to have one, and those that need to do pointer arithmetic on the parameter internally can cast it back at the top of the function. That saves endless ad-hoc casts at the call sites.
2018-05-26 07:31:34 +00:00
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 3);
Yet more global-removal. The static variables in logging.c are now absent, and also (I think) all the frontend request functions (such as request_resize) take a context pointer, so that multiple windows can be handled sensibly. I wouldn't swear to this, but I _think_ that only leaves the Unicode stuff as the last stubborn holdout. [originally from svn r2147]
2002-10-26 12:58:13 +00:00
log_option(telnet, "client", cmd, option);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
static void deactivate_option(Telnet *telnet, const struct Opt *o)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
if (telnet->opt_states[o->index] == REQUESTED ||
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
telnet->opt_states[o->index] == ACTIVE)
send_opt(telnet, o->nsend, o->option);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
telnet->opt_states[o->index] = REALLY_INACTIVE;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Fix failure to re-enable local line discipline when TELOPT_ECHO is turned _back off_ by the remote server. (server sends WONT) [originally from svn r756]
2000-10-24 11:16:25 +00:00
/*
* Generate side effects of enabling or disabling an option.
*/
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
static void option_side_effects(
Telnet *telnet, const struct Opt *o, bool enabled)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rethink the whole line discipline architecture. Instead of having multiple switchable line disciplines, we now have a single unified one which changes its behaviour based on option settings. Each option setting can be suggested by the back end and/or the terminal handler, and can be forcibly overridden by the configuration. Local echo and local line editing are separate, independently switchable, options. [originally from svn r895]
2001-01-24 14:08:20 +00:00
if (o->option == TELOPT_ECHO && o->send == DO)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
telnet->echoing = !enabled;
Various bug/warning fixes from Jacob [originally from svn r926]
2001-02-05 13:04:00 +00:00
else if (o->option == TELOPT_SGA && o->send == DO)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
telnet->editing = !enabled;
if (telnet->ldisc) /* cause ldisc to notice the change */
ldisc_echoedit_update(telnet->ldisc);
From RDB: telnet can now start up in passive mode, in which it doesn't do any negotiation until the remote side does. [originally from svn r1107]
2001-05-09 13:51:07 +00:00
/* Ensure we get the minimum options */
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
if (!telnet->activated) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if (telnet->opt_states[o_echo.index] == INACTIVE) {
telnet->opt_states[o_echo.index] = REQUESTED;
send_opt(telnet, o_echo.send, o_echo.option);
}
if (telnet->opt_states[o_we_sga.index] == INACTIVE) {
telnet->opt_states[o_we_sga.index] = REQUESTED;
send_opt(telnet, o_we_sga.send, o_we_sga.option);
}
if (telnet->opt_states[o_they_sga.index] == INACTIVE) {
telnet->opt_states[o_they_sga.index] = REQUESTED;
send_opt(telnet, o_they_sga.send, o_they_sga.option);
}
telnet->activated = true;
From RDB: telnet can now start up in passive mode, in which it doesn't do any negotiation until the remote side does. [originally from svn r1107]
2001-05-09 13:51:07 +00:00
}
Fix failure to re-enable local line discipline when TELOPT_ECHO is turned _back off_ by the remote server. (server sends WONT) [originally from svn r756]
2000-10-24 11:16:25 +00:00
}
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
static void activate_option(Telnet *telnet, const struct Opt *o)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
if (o->send == WILL && o->option == TELOPT_NAWS)
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
backend_size(&telnet->backend,
telnet->term_width, telnet->term_height);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
if (o->send == WILL &&
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
(o->option == TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON ||
o->option == TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON)) {
/*
* We may only have one kind of ENVIRON going at a time.
* This is a hack, but who cares.
*/
deactivate_option(telnet, o->option ==
TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON ? &o_oenv : &o_nenv);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
option_side_effects(telnet, o, true);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
static void refused_option(Telnet *telnet, const struct Opt *o)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
if (o->send == WILL && o->option == TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON &&
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
telnet->opt_states[o_oenv.index] == INACTIVE) {
send_opt(telnet, WILL, TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON);
telnet->opt_states[o_oenv.index] = REQUESTED;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
option_side_effects(telnet, o, false);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
static void proc_rec_opt(Telnet *telnet, int cmd, int option)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
const struct Opt *const *o;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Yet more global-removal. The static variables in logging.c are now absent, and also (I think) all the frontend request functions (such as request_resize) take a context pointer, so that multiple windows can be handled sensibly. I wouldn't swear to this, but I _think_ that only leaves the Unicode stuff as the last stubborn holdout. [originally from svn r2147]
2002-10-26 12:58:13 +00:00
log_option(telnet, "server", cmd, option);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
for (o = opts; *o; o++) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if ((*o)->option == option && (*o)->ack == cmd) {
switch (telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index]) {
case REQUESTED:
telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index] = ACTIVE;
activate_option(telnet, *o);
break;
case ACTIVE:
break;
case INACTIVE:
telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index] = ACTIVE;
send_opt(telnet, (*o)->send, option);
activate_option(telnet, *o);
break;
case REALLY_INACTIVE:
send_opt(telnet, (*o)->nsend, option);
break;
}
return;
} else if ((*o)->option == option && (*o)->nak == cmd) {
switch (telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index]) {
case REQUESTED:
telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index] = INACTIVE;
refused_option(telnet, *o);
break;
case ACTIVE:
telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index] = INACTIVE;
send_opt(telnet, (*o)->nsend, option);
option_side_effects(telnet, *o, false);
break;
case INACTIVE:
case REALLY_INACTIVE:
break;
}
return;
}
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
/*
* If we reach here, the option was one we weren't prepared to
Fix `telnet-option-loop', I think. (Untested except to check it compiles, since I don't have a suitably awkward server to run it against; but Ben reviewed the patch before checkin so we can share the blame if it doesn't work.) [originally from svn r5512] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2005-03-16 13:20:02 +00:00
* cope with. If the request was positive (WILL or DO), we send
* a negative ack to indicate refusal. If the request was
* negative (WONT / DONT), we must do nothing.
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
*/
Fix `telnet-option-loop', I think. (Untested except to check it compiles, since I don't have a suitably awkward server to run it against; but Ben reviewed the patch before checkin so we can share the blame if it doesn't work.) [originally from svn r5512] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2005-03-16 13:20:02 +00:00
if (cmd == WILL || cmd == DO)
send_opt(telnet, (cmd == WILL ? DONT : WONT), option);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
static void process_subneg(Telnet *telnet)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
unsigned char *p, *q;
int var, value;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
switch (telnet->sb_opt) {
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
case TELOPT_TSPEED:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if (telnet->sb_buf->len == 1 && telnet->sb_buf->u[0] == TELQUAL_SEND) {
char *termspeed = conf_get_str(telnet->conf, CONF_termspeed);
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
strbuf *sb = strbuf_new();
put_byte(sb, IAC);
put_byte(sb, SB);
put_byte(sb, TELOPT_TSPEED);
put_byte(sb, TELQUAL_IS);
put_datapl(sb, ptrlen_from_asciz(termspeed));
put_byte(sb, IAC);
put_byte(sb, SE);
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, sb->s, sb->len);
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logevent(telnet->logctx, "server subnegotiation: SB TSPEED SEND");
logeventf(telnet->logctx,
"client subnegotiation: SB TSPEED IS %s", termspeed);
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
strbuf_free(sb);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
} else
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logevent(telnet->logctx,
"server subnegotiation: SB TSPEED <something weird>");
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
break;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
case TELOPT_TTYPE:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if (telnet->sb_buf->len == 1 && telnet->sb_buf->u[0] == TELQUAL_SEND) {
char *termtype = conf_get_str(telnet->conf, CONF_termtype);
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
strbuf *sb = strbuf_new();
put_byte(sb, IAC);
put_byte(sb, SB);
put_byte(sb, TELOPT_TTYPE);
put_byte(sb, TELQUAL_IS);
size_t tt_start = sb->len;
for (size_t n = 0; termtype[n]; n++)
put_byte(sb, (termtype[n] >= 'a' && termtype[n] <= 'z' ?
termtype[n] + 'A' - 'a' : termtype[n]));
size_t tt_end = sb->len;
put_byte(sb, IAC);
put_byte(sb, SE);
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, sb->s, sb->len);
strbuf_shrink_to(sb, tt_end);
logevent(telnet->logctx, "server subnegotiation: SB TTYPE SEND");
logeventf(telnet->logctx, "client subnegotiation: SB TTYPE IS %s",
sb->s + tt_start);
strbuf_free(sb);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
} else
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logevent(telnet->logctx,
"server subnegotiation: SB TTYPE <something weird>\r\n");
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
break;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
case TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON:
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
case TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
p = telnet->sb_buf->u;
q = p + telnet->sb_buf->len;
if (p < q && *p == TELQUAL_SEND) {
p++;
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logeventf(telnet->logctx, "server subnegotiation: SB %s SEND",
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
telopt(telnet->sb_opt));
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if (telnet->sb_opt == TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON) {
if (conf_get_bool(telnet->conf, CONF_rfc_environ)) {
value = RFC_VALUE;
var = RFC_VAR;
} else {
value = BSD_VALUE;
var = BSD_VAR;
}
/*
* Try to guess the sense of VAR and VALUE.
*/
while (p < q) {
if (*p == RFC_VAR) {
value = RFC_VALUE;
var = RFC_VAR;
} else if (*p == BSD_VAR) {
value = BSD_VALUE;
var = BSD_VAR;
}
p++;
}
} else {
/*
* With NEW_ENVIRON, the sense of VAR and VALUE
* isn't in doubt.
*/
value = RFC_VALUE;
var = RFC_VAR;
}
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
strbuf *sb = strbuf_new();
put_byte(sb, IAC);
put_byte(sb, SB);
put_byte(sb, telnet->sb_opt);
put_byte(sb, TELQUAL_IS);
char *ekey, *eval;
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
for (eval = conf_get_str_strs(telnet->conf, CONF_environmt,
Formatting: realign run-on parenthesised stuff. My bulk indentation check also turned up a lot of cases where a run-on function call or if statement didn't have its later lines aligned correctly relative to the open paren. I think this is quite easy to do by getting things out of sync (editing the first line of the function call and forgetting to update the rest, perhaps even because you never _saw_ the rest during a search-replace). But a few didn't quite fit into that pattern, in particular an outright misleading case in unix/askpass.c where the second line of a call was aligned neatly below the _wrong_ one of the open parens on the opening line. Restored as many alignments as I could easily find.
2022-08-03 19:48:46 +00:00
NULL, &ekey);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
eval != NULL;
eval = conf_get_str_strs(telnet->conf, CONF_environmt,
Formatting: realign run-on parenthesised stuff. My bulk indentation check also turned up a lot of cases where a run-on function call or if statement didn't have its later lines aligned correctly relative to the open paren. I think this is quite easy to do by getting things out of sync (editing the first line of the function call and forgetting to update the rest, perhaps even because you never _saw_ the rest during a search-replace). But a few didn't quite fit into that pattern, in particular an outright misleading case in unix/askpass.c where the second line of a call was aligned neatly below the _wrong_ one of the open parens on the opening line. Restored as many alignments as I could easily find.
2022-08-03 19:48:46 +00:00
ekey, &ekey)) {
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
put_byte(sb, var);
put_datapl(sb, ptrlen_from_asciz(ekey));
put_byte(sb, value);
put_datapl(sb, ptrlen_from_asciz(eval));
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
}
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
char *user = get_remote_username(telnet->conf);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if (user) {
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
put_byte(sb, var);
put_datalit(sb, "USER");
put_byte(sb, value);
put_datapl(sb, ptrlen_from_asciz(user));
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
}
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
put_byte(sb, IAC);
put_byte(sb, SE);
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, sb->s, sb->len);
if (sb->len == 6) {
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logeventf(telnet->logctx,
"client subnegotiation: SB %s IS <nothing>",
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
telopt(telnet->sb_opt));
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
} else {
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logeventf(telnet->logctx, "client subnegotiation: SB %s IS:",
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
telopt(telnet->sb_opt));
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
for (eval = conf_get_str_strs(telnet->conf, CONF_environmt,
Formatting: realign run-on parenthesised stuff. My bulk indentation check also turned up a lot of cases where a run-on function call or if statement didn't have its later lines aligned correctly relative to the open paren. I think this is quite easy to do by getting things out of sync (editing the first line of the function call and forgetting to update the rest, perhaps even because you never _saw_ the rest during a search-replace). But a few didn't quite fit into that pattern, in particular an outright misleading case in unix/askpass.c where the second line of a call was aligned neatly below the _wrong_ one of the open parens on the opening line. Restored as many alignments as I could easily find.
2022-08-03 19:48:46 +00:00
NULL, &ekey);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
eval != NULL;
eval = conf_get_str_strs(telnet->conf, CONF_environmt,
Formatting: realign run-on parenthesised stuff. My bulk indentation check also turned up a lot of cases where a run-on function call or if statement didn't have its later lines aligned correctly relative to the open paren. I think this is quite easy to do by getting things out of sync (editing the first line of the function call and forgetting to update the rest, perhaps even because you never _saw_ the rest during a search-replace). But a few didn't quite fit into that pattern, in particular an outright misleading case in unix/askpass.c where the second line of a call was aligned neatly below the _wrong_ one of the open parens on the opening line. Restored as many alignments as I could easily find.
2022-08-03 19:48:46 +00:00
ekey, &ekey)) {
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logeventf(telnet->logctx, " %s=%s", ekey, eval);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
}
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
if (user)
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logeventf(telnet->logctx, " USER=%s", user);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
}
Rewrite some manual char-buffer-handling code. In the course of recent refactorings I noticed a couple of cases where we were doing old-fashioned preallocation of a char array with some conservative maximum size, then writing into it via *p++ or similar and hoping we got the calculation right. Now we have strbuf and dupcat, so we shouldn't ever have to do that. Fixed as many cases as I could find by searching for allocations of the form 'snewn(foo, char)'. Particularly worth a mention was the Windows GSSAPI setup code, which was directly using the Win32 Registry API, and looks much more legible using the windows/utils/registry.c wrappers. (But that was why I had to enhance them in the previous commit so as to be able to open registry keys read-only: without that, the open operation would actually fail on this key, which is not user-writable.) Also unix/askpass.c, which was doing a careful reallocation of its buffer to avoid secrets being left behind in the vacated memory - which is now just a matter of ensuring we called strbuf_new_nm().
2022-09-13 14:00:26 +00:00
strbuf_free(sb);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
sfree(user);
}
break;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
}
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
static void do_telnet_read(Telnet *telnet, const char *buf, size_t len)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Change sensitive strbufs/sgrowarrays to the new _nm version. The _nm strategy is slower, so I don't want to just change everything over no matter what its contents. In this pass I've tried to catch everything that holds the _really_ sensitive things like passwords, private keys and session keys.
2019-03-01 19:28:00 +00:00
strbuf *outbuf = strbuf_new_nm();
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
while (len--) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
int c = (unsigned char) *buf++;
switch (telnet->state) {
case TOP_LEVEL:
case SEENCR:
if (c == NUL && telnet->state == SEENCR)
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
else if (c == IAC)
telnet->state = SEENIAC;
else {
if (!telnet->in_synch)
put_byte(outbuf, c);
RDB's patch: - `local ldisc' config option now switches between PuTTY's original behaviour when off (aggressively start negotiations, never use local line discipline) and Unix telnet's off-port-25 behaviour when on (wait to be negotiated with, toggle local line discipline when TELOPT_ECHO changes) - SYNCH handling has been improved again, though it may still be broken due to WinSock being irretrievably pants [originally from svn r420]
2000-03-17 10:37:35 +00:00
#if 1
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
/* I can't get the F***ing winsock to insert the urgent IAC
* into the right position! Even with SO_OOBINLINE it gives
* it to recv too soon. And of course the DM byte (that
* arrives in the same packet!) appears several K later!!
*
* Oh well, we do get the DM in the right place so I'll
* just stop hiding on the next 0xf2 and hope for the best.
*/
else if (c == DM)
telnet->in_synch = false;
RDB's patch: - `local ldisc' config option now switches between PuTTY's original behaviour when off (aggressively start negotiations, never use local line discipline) and Unix telnet's off-port-25 behaviour when on (wait to be negotiated with, toggle local line discipline when TELOPT_ECHO changes) - SYNCH handling has been improved again, though it may still be broken due to WinSock being irretrievably pants [originally from svn r420]
2000-03-17 10:37:35 +00:00
#endif
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if (c == CR && telnet->opt_states[o_they_bin.index] != ACTIVE)
telnet->state = SEENCR;
else
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
}
break;
case SEENIAC:
if (c == DO)
telnet->state = SEENDO;
else if (c == DONT)
telnet->state = SEENDONT;
else if (c == WILL)
telnet->state = SEENWILL;
else if (c == WONT)
telnet->state = SEENWONT;
else if (c == SB)
telnet->state = SEENSB;
else if (c == DM) {
telnet->in_synch = false;
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
} else {
/* ignore everything else; print it if it's IAC */
if (c == IAC) {
put_byte(outbuf, c);
}
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
}
break;
case SEENWILL:
proc_rec_opt(telnet, WILL, c);
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
break;
case SEENWONT:
proc_rec_opt(telnet, WONT, c);
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
break;
case SEENDO:
proc_rec_opt(telnet, DO, c);
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
break;
case SEENDONT:
proc_rec_opt(telnet, DONT, c);
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
break;
case SEENSB:
telnet->sb_opt = c;
New functions to shrink a strbuf. These are better than my previous approach of just assigning to sb->len, because firstly they check by assertion that the new length is within range, and secondly they preserve the invariant that the byte stored in the buffer just after the length runs out is \0. Switched to using the new functions everywhere a grep could turn up opportunities.
2020-01-21 20:16:28 +00:00
strbuf_clear(telnet->sb_buf);
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
telnet->state = SUBNEGOT;
break;
case SUBNEGOT:
if (c == IAC)
telnet->state = SUBNEG_IAC;
else {
subneg_addchar:
put_byte(telnet->sb_buf, c);
telnet->state = SUBNEGOT; /* in case we came here by goto */
}
break;
case SUBNEG_IAC:
if (c != SE)
goto subneg_addchar; /* yes, it's a hack, I know, but... */
else {
process_subneg(telnet);
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
}
break;
}
do_telnet_read: replace ad-hoc strbuf-alike with strbuf. The ADDTOBUF macro and the three outbuf variables are trying to be a strbuf, and not doing it as well as the real one. Since c_write takes an int length parameter but outbuf->len is now a size_t, I've also arranged to flush outbuf periodically during the function, just in case it gets too big.
2019-02-04 20:45:40 +00:00
if (outbuf->len >= 4096) {
c_write(telnet, outbuf->u, outbuf->len);
New functions to shrink a strbuf. These are better than my previous approach of just assigning to sb->len, because firstly they check by assertion that the new length is within range, and secondly they preserve the invariant that the byte stored in the buffer just after the length runs out is \0. Switched to using the new functions everywhere a grep could turn up opportunities.
2020-01-21 20:16:28 +00:00
strbuf_clear(outbuf);
do_telnet_read: replace ad-hoc strbuf-alike with strbuf. The ADDTOBUF macro and the three outbuf variables are trying to be a strbuf, and not doing it as well as the real one. Since c_write takes an int length parameter but outbuf->len is now a size_t, I've also arranged to flush outbuf periodically during the function, just in case it gets too big.
2019-02-04 20:45:40 +00:00
}
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Have one call to from_backend() per call to do_telnet_read(), instead of the previous rate of one per character. In `Flush log file frequently' mode, the latter was causing excessive slowdown due to fflush()ing once per byte. [originally from svn r7076]
2007-01-08 18:54:49 +00:00
do_telnet_read: replace ad-hoc strbuf-alike with strbuf. The ADDTOBUF macro and the three outbuf variables are trying to be a strbuf, and not doing it as well as the real one. Since c_write takes an int length parameter but outbuf->len is now a size_t, I've also arranged to flush outbuf periodically during the function, just in case it gets too big.
2019-02-04 20:45:40 +00:00
if (outbuf->len)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
c_write(telnet, outbuf->u, outbuf->len);
do_telnet_read: replace ad-hoc strbuf-alike with strbuf. The ADDTOBUF macro and the three outbuf variables are trying to be a strbuf, and not doing it as well as the real one. Since c_write takes an int length parameter but outbuf->len is now a size_t, I've also arranged to flush outbuf periodically during the function, just in case it gets too big.
2019-02-04 20:45:40 +00:00
strbuf_free(outbuf);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Pass the calling Socket to plug_log. This enables plug_log to run query methods on the socket in order to find out useful information to log. I don't expect it's sensible to do anything else with it.
2024-06-26 07:29:39 +00:00
static void telnet_log(Plug *plug, Socket *s, PlugLogType type, SockAddr *addr,
int port, const char *error_msg, int error_code)
Support for falling back through the list of addresses returned from a DNS lookup, whether they're IPv4, v6 or a mixture of both. [originally from svn r5119] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2005-01-16 14:29:34 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(plug, Telnet, plug);
Pass the calling Socket to plug_log. This enables plug_log to run query methods on the socket in order to find out useful information to log. I don't expect it's sensible to do anything else with it.
2024-06-26 07:29:39 +00:00
backend_socket_log(telnet->seat, telnet->logctx, s, type, addr, port,
Option to log proxy setup diagnostics to the terminal. It has three settings: on, off, and 'only until session starts'. The idea of the last one is that if you use something like 'ssh -v' as your proxy command, you probably wanted to see the initial SSH connection-setup messages while you were waiting to see if the connection would be set up successfully at all, but probably _didn't_ want a slew of diagnostics from rekeys disrupting your terminal in mid-emacs once the session had got properly under way. Default is off, to avoid startling people used to the old behaviour. I wonder if I should have set it more aggressively, though.
2015-11-22 14:33:28 +00:00
error_msg, error_code, telnet->conf,
Non-SSH network backends: handle PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS. All four of the other network-protocol backends (Raw, Telnet, rlogin and SUPDUP) now have a 'socket_connected' flag, which starts off false and is set to true when (if) their Socket signals that the connection attempt has succeeded. This field is used to tell backend_socket_log whether the session has started yet (hence, whether it should still be logging messages from the proxy). This replaces various ad-hoc answers to that question in each backend, which were the best I could do when sockets didn't notify connection success. Now they do, we can do it properly. Also, the new flag controls the answer to each backend's sendok() method, which makes them all satisfy a new policy rule: no backend shall return true from sendok() while its network connection attempt is still ongoing. (Rationale: the network connection attempt may in future involve a proxy implementation interacting with the user via the terminal, and it can't do that if the backend is already consuming all the terminal input.)
2021-09-13 11:00:01 +00:00
telnet->socket_connected);
Allow new_connection to take an optional Seat. (NFC) This is working towards allowing the subsidiary SSH connection in an SshProxy to share the main user-facing Seat, so as to be able to pass through interactive prompts. This is more difficult than the similar change with LogPolicy, because Seats are stateful. In particular, the trust-sigil status will need to be controlled by the SshProxy until it's ready to pass over control to the main SSH (or whatever) connection. To make this work, I've introduced a thing called a TempSeat, which is (yet) another Seat implementation. When a backend hands its Seat to new_connection(), it does it in a way that allows new_connection() to borrow it completely, and replace it in the main backend structure with a TempSeat, which acts as a temporary placeholder. If the main backend tries to do things like changing trust status or sending output, the TempSeat will buffer them; later on, when the connection is established, TempSeat will replay the changes into the real Seat. So, in each backend, I've made the following changes: - pass &foo->seat to new_connection, which may overwrite it with a TempSeat. - if it has done so (which we can tell via the is_tempseat() query function), then we have to free the TempSeat and reinstate our main Seat. The signal that we can do so is the PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS notification, which indicates that SshProxy has finished all its connection setup work. - we also have to remember to free the TempSeat if our backend is disposed of without that having happened (e.g. because the connection _doesn't_ succeed). - in backends which have no local auth phase to worry about, ensure we don't call seat_set_trust_status on the main Seat _before_ it gets potentially replaced with a TempSeat. Moved some calls of seat_set_trust_status to just after new_connection(), so that now the initial trust status setup will go into the TempSeat (if appropriate) and be buffered until that seat is relinquished. In all other uses of new_connection, where we don't have a Seat available at all, we just pass NULL. This is NFC, because neither new_connection() nor any of its delegates will _actually_ do this replacement yet. We're just setting up the framework to enable it to do so in the next commit.
2021-09-13 16:17:20 +00:00
if (type == PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS) {
Non-SSH network backends: handle PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS. All four of the other network-protocol backends (Raw, Telnet, rlogin and SUPDUP) now have a 'socket_connected' flag, which starts off false and is set to true when (if) their Socket signals that the connection attempt has succeeded. This field is used to tell backend_socket_log whether the session has started yet (hence, whether it should still be logging messages from the proxy). This replaces various ad-hoc answers to that question in each backend, which were the best I could do when sockets didn't notify connection success. Now they do, we can do it properly. Also, the new flag controls the answer to each backend's sendok() method, which makes them all satisfy a new policy rule: no backend shall return true from sendok() while its network connection attempt is still ongoing. (Rationale: the network connection attempt may in future involve a proxy implementation interacting with the user via the terminal, and it can't do that if the backend is already consuming all the terminal input.)
2021-09-13 11:00:01 +00:00
telnet->socket_connected = true;
Backends: notify ldisc when sendok becomes true. (NFC) I've introduced a function ldisc_notify_sendok(), which backends should call on their ldisc (if they have one) when anything changes that might cause backend_sendok() to start returning true. At the moment, the function does nothing. But in future, I'm going to make ldisc start buffering typed-ahead input data not yet sent to the backend, and then the effect of this function will be to trigger flushing all that data into the backend. Backends only have to call this function if sendok was previously false: backends requiring no network connection stage (like pty and serial) can safely return true from sendok, and in that case, they don't also have to immediately call this function.
2021-09-14 09:13:28 +00:00
if (telnet->ldisc)
ldisc_check_sendok(telnet->ldisc);
Allow new_connection to take an optional Seat. (NFC) This is working towards allowing the subsidiary SSH connection in an SshProxy to share the main user-facing Seat, so as to be able to pass through interactive prompts. This is more difficult than the similar change with LogPolicy, because Seats are stateful. In particular, the trust-sigil status will need to be controlled by the SshProxy until it's ready to pass over control to the main SSH (or whatever) connection. To make this work, I've introduced a thing called a TempSeat, which is (yet) another Seat implementation. When a backend hands its Seat to new_connection(), it does it in a way that allows new_connection() to borrow it completely, and replace it in the main backend structure with a TempSeat, which acts as a temporary placeholder. If the main backend tries to do things like changing trust status or sending output, the TempSeat will buffer them; later on, when the connection is established, TempSeat will replay the changes into the real Seat. So, in each backend, I've made the following changes: - pass &foo->seat to new_connection, which may overwrite it with a TempSeat. - if it has done so (which we can tell via the is_tempseat() query function), then we have to free the TempSeat and reinstate our main Seat. The signal that we can do so is the PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS notification, which indicates that SshProxy has finished all its connection setup work. - we also have to remember to free the TempSeat if our backend is disposed of without that having happened (e.g. because the connection _doesn't_ succeed). - in backends which have no local auth phase to worry about, ensure we don't call seat_set_trust_status on the main Seat _before_ it gets potentially replaced with a TempSeat. Moved some calls of seat_set_trust_status to just after new_connection(), so that now the initial trust status setup will go into the TempSeat (if appropriate) and be buffered until that seat is relinquished. In all other uses of new_connection, where we don't have a Seat available at all, we just pass NULL. This is NFC, because neither new_connection() nor any of its delegates will _actually_ do this replacement yet. We're just setting up the framework to enable it to do so in the next commit.
2021-09-13 16:17:20 +00:00
}
Support for falling back through the list of addresses returned from a DNS lookup, whether they're IPv4, v6 or a mixture of both. [originally from svn r5119] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2005-01-16 14:29:34 +00:00
}
New API for plug_closing() with a custom type enum. Passing an operating-system-specific error code to plug_closing(), such as errno or GetLastError(), was always a bit weird, given that it generally had to be handled by cross-platform receiving code in backends. I had the platform.h implementations #define any error values that the cross-platform code would have to handle specially, but that's still not a great system, because it also doesn't leave freedom to invent error representations of my own that don't correspond to any OS code. (For example, the ones I just removed from proxy.h.) So now, the OS error code is gone from the plug_closing API, and in its place is a custom enumeration of closure types: normal, error, and the special case BROKEN_PIPE which is the only OS error code we have so far needed to handle specially. (All others just mean 'abandon the connection and print the textual message'.) Having already centralised the handling of OS error codes in the previous commit, we've now got a convenient place to add any further type codes for errors needing special handling: each of Unix plug_closing_errno(), Windows plug_closing_system_error(), and Windows plug_closing_winsock_error() can easily grow extra special cases if need be, and each one will only have to live in one place.
2021-11-06 13:28:32 +00:00
static void telnet_closing(Plug *plug, PlugCloseType type,
const char *error_msg)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(plug, Telnet, plug);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
Revamp of EOF handling in all network connections, pipes and other data channels. Should comprehensively fix 'half-closed', in principle, though it's a big and complicated change and so there's a good chance I've made at least one mistake somewhere. All connections should now be rigorous about propagating end-of-file (or end-of-data-stream, or socket shutdown, or whatever) independently in both directions, except in frontends with no mechanism for sending explicit EOF (e.g. interactive terminal windows) or backends which are basically always used for interactive sessions so it's unlikely that an application would be depending on independent EOF (telnet, rlogin). EOF should now never accidentally be sent while there's still buffered data to go out before it. (May help fix 'portfwd-corrupt', and also I noticed recently that the ssh main session channel can accidentally have MSG_EOF sent before the output bufchain is clear, leading to embarrassment when it subsequently does send the output). [originally from svn r9279]
2011-09-13 11:44:03 +00:00
/*
* We don't implement independent EOF in each direction for Telnet
* connections; as soon as we get word that the remote side has
* sent us EOF, we wind up the whole connection.
*/
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
if (telnet->s) {
sk_close(telnet->s);
telnet->s = NULL;
Ronald Landheer-Cieslak points out that the various back ends which treat all socket closures as clean exits (because the protocol doesn't provide for transferring a process exit code) could usefully at least treat _socket errors_ as unclean exits. Patch the Telnet, Rlogin and Raw backends to retain that information and return INT_MAX to the frontend. I wasn't sure whether it was better to solve this by modifying each affected frontend, or each affected backend. I chose the latter, but neither is really ideal; this is the sort of thing that makes me wish we had a piece of fixed middleware in between, independent of both platform and protocol. [originally from svn r9730]
2012-12-22 09:40:47 +00:00
if (error_msg)
Adopt C99 <stdbool.h>'s true/false. This commit includes <stdbool.h> from defs.h and deletes my traditional definitions of TRUE and FALSE, but other than that, it's a 100% mechanical search-and-replace transforming all uses of TRUE and FALSE into the C99-standardised lowercase spellings. No actual types are changed in this commit; that will come next. This is just getting the noise out of the way, so that subsequent commits can have a higher proportion of signal.
2018-10-29 19:50:29 +00:00
telnet->closed_on_socket_error = true;
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
seat_notify_remote_exit(telnet->seat);
New Seat method, notify_remote_disconnect. This notifies the Seat that the entire backend session has finished and closed its network connection - or rather, that it _might_ have done, and that the frontend should check backend_connected() if it wasn't planning to do so already. The existing Seat implementations haven't needed this: the GUI ones don't actually need to do anything specific when the network connection goes away, and the CLI ones deal with it by being in charge of their own event loop so that they can easily check backend_connected() at every possible opportunity in any case. But I'm about to introduce a new Seat implementation that does need to know this, and doesn't have any other way to get notified of it.
2021-05-22 11:47:51 +00:00
seat_notify_remote_disconnect(telnet->seat);
Yet another possible segfault path in the backends fixed. I don't _believe_ I'm still finding these. I have no idea what I was thinking when I wrote this stuff. [originally from svn r1162]
2001-07-31 14:23:21 +00:00
}
New API for plug_closing() with a custom type enum. Passing an operating-system-specific error code to plug_closing(), such as errno or GetLastError(), was always a bit weird, given that it generally had to be handled by cross-platform receiving code in backends. I had the platform.h implementations #define any error values that the cross-platform code would have to handle specially, but that's still not a great system, because it also doesn't leave freedom to invent error representations of my own that don't correspond to any OS code. (For example, the ones I just removed from proxy.h.) So now, the OS error code is gone from the plug_closing API, and in its place is a custom enumeration of closure types: normal, error, and the special case BROKEN_PIPE which is the only OS error code we have so far needed to handle specially. (All others just mean 'abandon the connection and print the textual message'.) Having already centralised the handling of OS error codes in the previous commit, we've now got a convenient place to add any further type codes for errors needing special handling: each of Unix plug_closing_errno(), Windows plug_closing_system_error(), and Windows plug_closing_winsock_error() can easily grow extra special cases if need be, and each one will only have to live in one place.
2021-11-06 13:28:32 +00:00
if (type != PLUGCLOSE_NORMAL) {
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
logevent(telnet->logctx, error_msg);
New plug_closing error type for 'user abort'. This is generated when setup of a network connection is cancelled by deliberate user action, namely, pressing ^C or ^D or the like at a get_userpass_input prompt presented during proxy setup. It's handled just like normal socket setup errors, except that it omits the call to seat_connection_fatal, on the grounds that in this one case of connection-setup failure, the user doesn't need to be _informed_ that the connection failed - they already know, because they failed it themself on purpose.
2021-11-06 13:31:09 +00:00
if (type != PLUGCLOSE_USER_ABORT)
seat_connection_fatal(telnet->seat, "%s", error_msg);
Support for falling back through the list of addresses returned from a DNS lookup, whether they're IPv4, v6 or a mixture of both. [originally from svn r5119] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2005-01-16 14:29:34 +00:00
}
/* Otherwise, the remote side closed the connection normally. */
Dave Hinton's modifications to the network layer interface, which should make it possible to add SSL support later. [originally from svn r996]
2001-03-13 10:22:45 +00:00
}
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
static void telnet_receive(
Plug *plug, int urgent, const char *data, size_t len)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(plug, Telnet, plug);
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
if (urgent)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
telnet->in_synch = true;
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
do_telnet_read(telnet, data, len);
Created a shiny new abstraction for the socket handling. Has many advantages: - protocol modules can call sk_write() without having to worry about writes blocking, because blocking writes are handled in the abstraction layer and retried later. - `Lost connection while sending' is a thing of the past. - <winsock.h> is no longer needed in most modules, because "putty.h" doesn't have to declare `SOCKET' variables any more, only the abstracted `Socket' type. - select()-equivalent between multiple sockets will now be handled sensibly, which opens the way for things like SSH port forwarding. [originally from svn r744]
2000-10-23 10:32:37 +00:00
}
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
static void telnet_sent(Plug *plug, size_t bufsize)
Robert de Bath's asynchronous-connect patch. Helps a lot in port forwarding; improves Event Log; and causes the PuTTY window to appear earlier in the setup process. [originally from svn r1239]
2001-09-07 22:39:01 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(plug, Telnet, plug);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
telnet->bufsize = bufsize;
New Seat callback, seat_sent(). This is used to notify the Seat that some data has been cleared from the backend's outgoing data buffer. In other words, it notifies the Seat that it might be worth calling backend_sendbuffer() again. We've never needed this before, because until now, Seats have always been the 'main program' part of the application, meaning they were also in control of the event loop. So they've been able to call backend_sendbuffer() proactively, every time they go round the event loop, instead of having to wait for a callback. But now, the SSH proxy is the first example of a Seat without privileged access to the event loop, so it has no way to find out that the backend's sendbuffer has got smaller. And without that, it can't pass that notification on to plug_sent, to unblock in turn whatever the proxied connection might have been waiting to send. In fact, before this commit, sshproxy.c never called plug_sent at all. As a result, large data uploads over an SSH jump host would hang forever as soon as the outgoing buffer filled up for the first time: the main backend (to which sshproxy.c was acting as a Socket) would carefully stop filling up the buffer, and then never receive the call to plug_sent that would cause it to start again. The new callback is ignored everywhere except in sshproxy.c. It might be a good idea to remove backend_sendbuffer() entirely and convert all previous uses of it into non-empty implementations of this callback, so that we've only got one system; but for the moment, I haven't done that.
2021-06-27 12:52:48 +00:00
seat_sent(telnet->seat, telnet->bufsize);
Robert de Bath's asynchronous-connect patch. Helps a lot in port forwarding; improves Event Log; and causes the PuTTY window to appear earlier in the setup process. [originally from svn r1239]
2001-09-07 22:39:01 +00:00
}
Name vtable structure types more consistently. Now they're all called FooVtable, instead of a mixture of that and Foo_vtable.
2018-10-05 06:03:46 +00:00
static const PlugVtable Telnet_plugvt = {
Change vtable defs to use C99 designated initialisers. This is a sweeping change applied across the whole code base by a spot of Emacs Lisp. Now, everywhere I declare a vtable filled with function pointers (and the occasional const data member), all the members of the vtable structure are initialised by name using the '.fieldname = value' syntax introduced in C99. We were already using this syntax for a handful of things in the new key-generation progress report system, so it's not new to the code base as a whole. The advantage is that now, when a vtable only declares a subset of the available fields, I can initialise the rest to NULL or zero just by leaving them out. This is most dramatic in a couple of the outlying vtables in things like psocks (which has a ConnectionLayerVtable containing only one non-NULL method), but less dramatically, it means that the new 'flags' field in BackendVtable can be completely left out of every backend definition except for the SUPDUP one which defines it to a nonzero value. Similarly, the test_for_upstream method only used by SSH doesn't have to be mentioned in the rest of the backends; network Plugs for listening sockets don't have to explicitly null out 'receive' and 'sent', and vice versa for 'accepting', and so on. While I'm at it, I've normalised the declarations so they don't use the unnecessarily verbose 'struct' keyword. Also a handful of them weren't const; now they are.
2020-03-10 21:06:29 +00:00
.log = telnet_log,
.closing = telnet_closing,
.receive = telnet_receive,
.sent = telnet_sent,
Introduce a new 'Interactor' trait. This trait will be implemented by anything that wants to display interactive prompts or notifications to the user in the course of setting up a network connection, _or_ anything that wants to make a network connection whose proxy setup might in turn need to do that. To begin with, that means every Backend that makes network connections at all must be an Interactor, because any of those network connections might be proxied via an SSH jump host which might need to interact with the user. I'll fill in the contents of this trait over the next few commits, to keep the patches comprehensible. For the moment, I've just introduced the trait, set up implementations of it in the five network backends, and given it a single 'description' method. The previous 'description' methods of Backend and Plug are now removed, and their work is done by the new Interactor method instead. (I changed my mind since last week about where that should best live.) This isn't too much of an upheaval, fortunately, because I hadn't got round yet to committing anything that used those methods!
2021-10-30 16:16:08 +00:00
};
static char *telnet_description(Interactor *itr)
{
Telnet *telnet = container_of(itr, Telnet, interactor);
return dupstr(telnet->description);
}
Add Interactor methods to get/set LogPolicy and Seat. Nothing uses this yet, but the next commit will.
2021-10-30 16:34:53 +00:00
static LogPolicy *telnet_logpolicy(Interactor *itr)
{
Telnet *telnet = container_of(itr, Telnet, interactor);
return log_get_policy(telnet->logctx);
}
static Seat *telnet_get_seat(Interactor *itr)
{
Telnet *telnet = container_of(itr, Telnet, interactor);
return telnet->seat;
}
static void telnet_set_seat(Interactor *itr, Seat *seat)
{
Telnet *telnet = container_of(itr, Telnet, interactor);
telnet->seat = seat;
}
Introduce a new 'Interactor' trait. This trait will be implemented by anything that wants to display interactive prompts or notifications to the user in the course of setting up a network connection, _or_ anything that wants to make a network connection whose proxy setup might in turn need to do that. To begin with, that means every Backend that makes network connections at all must be an Interactor, because any of those network connections might be proxied via an SSH jump host which might need to interact with the user. I'll fill in the contents of this trait over the next few commits, to keep the patches comprehensible. For the moment, I've just introduced the trait, set up implementations of it in the five network backends, and given it a single 'description' method. The previous 'description' methods of Backend and Plug are now removed, and their work is done by the new Interactor method instead. (I changed my mind since last week about where that should best live.) This isn't too much of an upheaval, fortunately, because I hadn't got round yet to committing anything that used those methods!
2021-10-30 16:16:08 +00:00
static const InteractorVtable Telnet_interactorvt = {
.description = telnet_description,
Add Interactor methods to get/set LogPolicy and Seat. Nothing uses this yet, but the next commit will.
2021-10-30 16:34:53 +00:00
.logpolicy = telnet_logpolicy,
.get_seat = telnet_get_seat,
.set_seat = telnet_set_seat,
Modernise the Socket/Plug vtable system. Now I've got FROMFIELD, I can rework it so that structures providing an implementation of the Socket or Plug trait no longer have to have the vtable pointer as the very first thing in the structure. In particular, this means that the ProxySocket structure can now directly implement _both_ the Socket and Plug traits, which is always _logically_ how it's worked, but previously it had to be implemented via two separate structs linked to each other.
2018-05-27 08:29:33 +00:00
};
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
/*
Created a shiny new abstraction for the socket handling. Has many advantages: - protocol modules can call sk_write() without having to worry about writes blocking, because blocking writes are handled in the abstraction layer and retried later. - `Lost connection while sending' is a thing of the past. - <winsock.h> is no longer needed in most modules, because "putty.h" doesn't have to declare `SOCKET' variables any more, only the abstracted `Socket' type. - select()-equivalent between multiple sockets will now be handled sensibly, which opens the way for things like SSH port forwarding. [originally from svn r744]
2000-10-23 10:32:37 +00:00
* Called to set up the Telnet connection.
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
*
* Returns an error message, or NULL on success.
*
`realhost', passed back from all the backend init functions, was scoped within those functions. It's now dynamically allocated. [originally from svn r1108]
2001-05-09 14:01:15 +00:00
* Also places the canonical host name into `realhost'. It must be
* freed by the caller.
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
*/
Make the backend_init error message dynamic. (NFC) Now, instead of a 'const char *' in the static data segment, error messages returned from backend setup are dynamically allocated and freed by the caller. This will allow me to make the messages much more specific (including errno values and the like). However, this commit is pure refactoring: I've _just_ changed the allocation policy, and left all the messages alone.
2020-04-18 12:28:33 +00:00
static char *telnet_init(const BackendVtable *vt, Seat *seat,
Backend **backend_handle, LogContext *logctx,
Conf *conf, const char *host, int port,
char **realhost, bool nodelay, bool keepalive)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
SockAddr *addr;
Colin's const-fixing Patch Of Death. Seems to build fine on Windows as well as Unix, so it can go in. [originally from svn r3162]
2003-05-04 14:18:18 +00:00
const char *err;
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
Telnet *telnet;
Post-release destabilisation! Completely remove the struct type 'Config' in putty.h, which stores all PuTTY's settings and includes an arbitrary length limit on every single one of those settings which is stored in string form. In place of it is 'Conf', an opaque data type everywhere outside the new file conf.c, which stores a list of (key, value) pairs in which every key contains an integer identifying a configuration setting, and for some of those integers the key also contains extra parts (so that, for instance, CONF_environmt is a string-to-string mapping). Everywhere that a Config was previously used, a Conf is now; everywhere there was a Config structure copy, conf_copy() is called; every lookup, adjustment, load and save operation on a Config has been rewritten; and there's a mechanism for serialising a Conf into a binary blob and back for use with Duplicate Session. User-visible effects of this change _should_ be minimal, though I don't doubt I've introduced one or two bugs here and there which will eventually be found. The _intended_ visible effects of this change are that all arbitrary limits on configuration strings and lists (e.g. limit on number of port forwardings) should now disappear; that list boxes in the configuration will now be displayed in a sorted order rather than the arbitrary order in which they were added to the list (since the underlying data structure is now a sorted tree234 rather than an ad-hoc comma-separated string); and one more specific change, which is that local and dynamic port forwardings on the same port number are now mutually exclusive in the configuration (putting 'D' in the key rather than the value was a mistake in the first place). One other reorganisation as a result of this is that I've moved all the dialog.c standard handlers (dlg_stdeditbox_handler and friends) out into config.c, because I can't really justify calling them generic any more. When they took a pointer to an arbitrary structure type and the offset of a field within that structure, they were independent of whether that structure was a Config or something completely different, but now they really do expect to talk to a Conf, which can _only_ be used for PuTTY configuration, so I've renamed them all things like conf_editbox_handler and moved them out of the nominally independent dialog-box management module into the PuTTY-specific config.c. [originally from svn r9214]
2011-07-14 18:52:21 +00:00
char *loghost;
int addressfamily;
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
Get rid of lots of implicit pointer types. All the main backend structures - Ssh, Telnet, Pty, Serial etc - now describe structure types themselves rather than pointers to them. The same goes for the codebase-wide trait types Socket and Plug, and the supporting types SockAddr and Pinger. All those things that were typedefed as pointers are older types; the newer ones have the explicit * at the point of use, because that's what I now seem to be preferring. But whichever one of those is better, inconsistently using a mixture of the two styles is worse, so let's make everything consistent. A few types are still implicitly pointers, such as Bignum and some of the GSSAPI types; generally this is either because they have to be void *, or because they're typedefed differently on different platforms and aren't always pointers at all. Can't be helped. But I've got rid of the main ones, at least.
2018-10-04 18:10:23 +00:00
telnet = snew(Telnet);
Add memsets after allocation of all Backend implementors. Now every struct that implements the Backend trait is completely cleared before we start initialising any of its fields. This will mean I can add new fields that default to 0 or NULL, without having to mess around initialising them explicitly everywhere.
2021-10-30 13:51:24 +00:00
memset(telnet, 0, sizeof(Telnet));
Make Socket and Plug into structs. I think that means that _every_ one of my traitoids is now a struct containing a vtable pointer as one of its fields (albeit sometimes the only field), and never just a bare pointer.
2018-10-05 06:24:16 +00:00
telnet->plug.vt = &Telnet_plugvt;
Pass the BackendVtable pointer to backend_init. Now I can have multiple BackendVtable structures sharing all their function pointers, and still tell which is which when init is setting things up.
2020-02-16 11:43:20 +00:00
telnet->backend.vt = vt;
Introduce a new 'Interactor' trait. This trait will be implemented by anything that wants to display interactive prompts or notifications to the user in the course of setting up a network connection, _or_ anything that wants to make a network connection whose proxy setup might in turn need to do that. To begin with, that means every Backend that makes network connections at all must be an Interactor, because any of those network connections might be proxied via an SSH jump host which might need to interact with the user. I'll fill in the contents of this trait over the next few commits, to keep the patches comprehensible. For the moment, I've just introduced the trait, set up implementations of it in the five network backends, and given it a single 'description' method. The previous 'description' methods of Backend and Plug are now removed, and their work is done by the new Interactor method instead. (I changed my mind since last week about where that should best live.) This isn't too much of an upheaval, fortunately, because I hadn't got round yet to committing anything that used those methods!
2021-10-30 16:16:08 +00:00
telnet->interactor.vt = &Telnet_interactorvt;
telnet->backend.interactor = &telnet->interactor;
Post-release destabilisation! Completely remove the struct type 'Config' in putty.h, which stores all PuTTY's settings and includes an arbitrary length limit on every single one of those settings which is stored in string form. In place of it is 'Conf', an opaque data type everywhere outside the new file conf.c, which stores a list of (key, value) pairs in which every key contains an integer identifying a configuration setting, and for some of those integers the key also contains extra parts (so that, for instance, CONF_environmt is a string-to-string mapping). Everywhere that a Config was previously used, a Conf is now; everywhere there was a Config structure copy, conf_copy() is called; every lookup, adjustment, load and save operation on a Config has been rewritten; and there's a mechanism for serialising a Conf into a binary blob and back for use with Duplicate Session. User-visible effects of this change _should_ be minimal, though I don't doubt I've introduced one or two bugs here and there which will eventually be found. The _intended_ visible effects of this change are that all arbitrary limits on configuration strings and lists (e.g. limit on number of port forwardings) should now disappear; that list boxes in the configuration will now be displayed in a sorted order rather than the arbitrary order in which they were added to the list (since the underlying data structure is now a sorted tree234 rather than an ad-hoc comma-separated string); and one more specific change, which is that local and dynamic port forwardings on the same port number are now mutually exclusive in the configuration (putting 'D' in the key rather than the value was a mistake in the first place). One other reorganisation as a result of this is that I've moved all the dialog.c standard handlers (dlg_stdeditbox_handler and friends) out into config.c, because I can't really justify calling them generic any more. When they took a pointer to an arbitrary structure type and the offset of a field within that structure, they were independent of whether that structure was a Config or something completely different, but now they really do expect to talk to a Conf, which can _only_ be used for PuTTY configuration, so I've renamed them all things like conf_editbox_handler and moved them out of the nominally independent dialog-box management module into the PuTTY-specific config.c. [originally from svn r9214]
2011-07-14 18:52:21 +00:00
telnet->conf = conf_copy(conf);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
telnet->s = NULL;
Non-SSH network backends: handle PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS. All four of the other network-protocol backends (Raw, Telnet, rlogin and SUPDUP) now have a 'socket_connected' flag, which starts off false and is set to true when (if) their Socket signals that the connection attempt has succeeded. This field is used to tell backend_socket_log whether the session has started yet (hence, whether it should still be logging messages from the proxy). This replaces various ad-hoc answers to that question in each backend, which were the best I could do when sockets didn't notify connection success. Now they do, we can do it properly. Also, the new flag controls the answer to each backend's sendok() method, which makes them all satisfy a new policy rule: no backend shall return true from sendok() while its network connection attempt is still ongoing. (Rationale: the network connection attempt may in future involve a proxy implementation interacting with the user via the terminal, and it can't do that if the backend is already consuming all the terminal input.)
2021-09-13 11:00:01 +00:00
telnet->socket_connected = false;
Adopt C99 <stdbool.h>'s true/false. This commit includes <stdbool.h> from defs.h and deletes my traditional definitions of TRUE and FALSE, but other than that, it's a 100% mechanical search-and-replace transforming all uses of TRUE and FALSE into the C99-standardised lowercase spellings. No actual types are changed in this commit; that will come next. This is just getting the noise out of the way, so that subsequent commits can have a higher proportion of signal.
2018-10-29 19:50:29 +00:00
telnet->closed_on_socket_error = false;
telnet->echoing = true;
telnet->editing = true;
telnet->activated = false;
Replace more ad-hoc growing char buffers with strbuf. I've fixed a handful of these where I found them in passing, but when I went systematically looking, there were a lot more that I hadn't found! A particular highlight of this collection is the code that formats Windows clipboard data in RTF, which was absolutely crying out for strbuf_catf, and now it's got it.
2019-02-11 06:58:07 +00:00
telnet->sb_buf = strbuf_new();
New abstraction 'Seat', to pass to backends. This is a new vtable-based abstraction which is passed to a backend in place of Frontend, and it implements only the subset of the Frontend functions needed by a backend. (Many other Frontend functions still exist, notably the wide range of things called by terminal.c providing platform-independent operations on the GUI terminal window.) The purpose of making it a vtable is that this opens up the possibility of creating a backend as an internal implementation detail of some other activity, by providing just that one backend with a custom Seat that implements the methods differently. For example, this refactoring should make it feasible to directly implement an SSH proxy type, aka the 'jump host' feature supported by OpenSSH, aka 'open a secondary SSH session in MAINCHAN_DIRECT_TCP mode, and then expose the main channel of that as the Socket for the primary connection'. (Which of course you can already do by spawning 'plink -nc' as a separate proxy process, but this would permit it in the _same_ process without anything getting confused.) I've centralised a full set of stub methods in misc.c for the new abstraction, which allows me to get rid of several annoying stubs in the previous code. Also, while I'm here, I've moved a lot of duplicated modalfatalbox() type functions from application main program files into wincons.c / uxcons.c, which I think saves duplication overall. (A minor visible effect is that the prefixes on those console-based fatal error messages will now be more consistent between applications.)
2018-10-11 18:58:42 +00:00
telnet->seat = seat;
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
telnet->logctx = logctx;
Post-release destabilisation! Completely remove the struct type 'Config' in putty.h, which stores all PuTTY's settings and includes an arbitrary length limit on every single one of those settings which is stored in string form. In place of it is 'Conf', an opaque data type everywhere outside the new file conf.c, which stores a list of (key, value) pairs in which every key contains an integer identifying a configuration setting, and for some of those integers the key also contains extra parts (so that, for instance, CONF_environmt is a string-to-string mapping). Everywhere that a Config was previously used, a Conf is now; everywhere there was a Config structure copy, conf_copy() is called; every lookup, adjustment, load and save operation on a Config has been rewritten; and there's a mechanism for serialising a Conf into a binary blob and back for use with Duplicate Session. User-visible effects of this change _should_ be minimal, though I don't doubt I've introduced one or two bugs here and there which will eventually be found. The _intended_ visible effects of this change are that all arbitrary limits on configuration strings and lists (e.g. limit on number of port forwardings) should now disappear; that list boxes in the configuration will now be displayed in a sorted order rather than the arbitrary order in which they were added to the list (since the underlying data structure is now a sorted tree234 rather than an ad-hoc comma-separated string); and one more specific change, which is that local and dynamic port forwardings on the same port number are now mutually exclusive in the configuration (putting 'D' in the key rather than the value was a mistake in the first place). One other reorganisation as a result of this is that I've moved all the dialog.c standard handlers (dlg_stdeditbox_handler and friends) out into config.c, because I can't really justify calling them generic any more. When they took a pointer to an arbitrary structure type and the offset of a field within that structure, they were independent of whether that structure was a Config or something completely different, but now they really do expect to talk to a Conf, which can _only_ be used for PuTTY configuration, so I've renamed them all things like conf_editbox_handler and moved them out of the nominally independent dialog-box management module into the PuTTY-specific config.c. [originally from svn r9214]
2011-07-14 18:52:21 +00:00
telnet->term_width = conf_get_int(telnet->conf, CONF_width);
telnet->term_height = conf_get_int(telnet->conf, CONF_height);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
telnet->state = TOP_LEVEL;
Darek Olszewski points out that telnet->ldisc is never initialised to NULL. [originally from svn r4888]
2004-11-23 16:43:04 +00:00
telnet->ldisc = NULL;
New timing infrastructure. There's a new function schedule_timer() which pretty much any module can call to request a call-back in the future. So terminal.c can do its own handling of blinking, visual bells and deferred screen updates, without having to rely on term_update() being called 50 times a second (fixes: pterm-timer); and ssh.c and telnet.c both invoke a new module pinger.c which takes care of sending keepalives, so they get sent uniformly in all front ends (fixes: plink-keepalives, unix-keepalives). [originally from svn r4906] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2004-11-27 13:20:21 +00:00
telnet->pinger = NULL;
Add 'description' methods for Backend and Plug. These will typically be implemented by objects that are both a Backend *and* a Plug, and the two methods will deliver the same results to any caller, regardless of which facet of the object is known to that caller. Their purpose is to deliver a user-oriented natural-language description of what network connection the object is handling, so that it can appear in diagnostic messages. The messages I specifically have in mind are going to appear in cases where proxies require interactive authentication: when PuTTY prompts interactively for a password, it will need to explain which *thing* it's asking for the password for, and these descriptions are what it will use to describe the thing in question. Each backend is allowed to compose these messages however it thinks best. In all cases at present, the description string is constructed by the new centralised default_description() function, which takes a host name and port number and combines them with the backend's display name. But the SSH backend does things a bit differently, because it uses the _logical_ host name (the one that goes with the SSH host key) rather than the physical destination of the network connection. That seems more appropriate when the question it's really helping the user to answer is "What host am I supposed to be entering the password for?" In this commit, no clients of the new methods are introduced. I have a draft implementation of actually using it for the purpose I describe above, but it needs polishing.
2021-10-24 08:18:12 +00:00
telnet->description = default_description(vt, host, port);
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
*backend_handle = &telnet->backend;
Major destabilisation, phase 1. In this phase I've moved (I think) all the global and function-static variables out of terminal.c into a dynamically allocated data structure. Note that this does not yet confer the ability to run more than one of them in the same process, because other things (the line discipline, the back end) are still global, and also in particular the address of the dynamically allocated terminal-data structure is held in a global variable `term'. But what I've got here represents a reasonable stopping point at which to check things in. In _theory_ this should all still work happily, on both Unix and Windows. In practice, who knows? [originally from svn r2115]
2002-10-22 16:11:33 +00:00
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
/*
* Try to find host.
*/
Tell the truth about DNS lookups in the Event Log. We've always had the back-end code unconditionally print 'Looking up host' before calling name_lookup. But name_lookup doesn't always do an actual lookup - in cases where the connection will be proxied and we're configured to let the proxy do the DNS for us, it just calls sk_nonamelookup to return a dummy SockAddr with the unresolved name still in it. It's better to print a message that varies depending on whether we're _really_ doing DNS or not, e.g. so that people can tell the difference between DNS failure and proxy misconfiguration. Hence, those log messages are now generated inside name_lookup(), which takes a couple of extra parameters for the purpose - a frontend pointer to pass to logevent(), and a reason string so that it can say what the hostname it's (optionally) looking up is going to be used for. (The latter is intended for possible use in logging subsidiary lookups for port forwarding, though the moment I haven't changed the current setup where those connection setups aren't logged in detail - we just pass NULL in that situation.)
2015-11-22 09:58:14 +00:00
addressfamily = conf_get_int(telnet->conf, CONF_addressfamily);
addr = name_lookup(host, port, realhost, telnet->conf, addressfamily,
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
telnet->logctx, "Telnet connection");
Control of 'addr' is now handed over to {platform_,}new_connection() and sk_new() on invocation; these functions become responsible for (eventually) freeing it. The caller must not do anything with 'addr' after it's been passed in. (Ick.) Why: A SOCKS5 crash appears to have been caused by overzealous freeing of a SockAddr (ssh.c:1.257 [r2492]), which for proxied connections is squirreled away long-term (and this can't easily be avoided). It would have been nice to make a copy of the SockAddr, in case the caller has a use for it, but one of the implementations (uxnet.c) hides a "struct addrinfo" in there, and we have no defined way to duplicate those. (None of the current callers _do_ have a further use for the SockAddr.) As far as I can tell, everything _except_ proxying only needs addr for the duration of the call, so sk_addr_free()s immediately. If I'm mistaken, it should at least be easier to find the offending free()... [originally from svn r3383] [r2492 == bdd6633970d9c53ce0ad97b460c8c684285bb15e]
2003-08-07 16:04:33 +00:00
if ((err = sk_addr_error(addr)) != NULL) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
sk_addr_free(addr);
Make the backend_init error message dynamic. (NFC) Now, instead of a 'const char *' in the static data segment, error messages returned from backend setup are dynamically allocated and freed by the caller. This will allow me to make the messages much more specific (including errno values and the like). However, this commit is pure refactoring: I've _just_ changed the allocation policy, and left all the messages alone.
2020-04-18 12:28:33 +00:00
return dupstr(err);
Control of 'addr' is now handed over to {platform_,}new_connection() and sk_new() on invocation; these functions become responsible for (eventually) freeing it. The caller must not do anything with 'addr' after it's been passed in. (Ick.) Why: A SOCKS5 crash appears to have been caused by overzealous freeing of a SockAddr (ssh.c:1.257 [r2492]), which for proxied connections is squirreled away long-term (and this can't easily be avoided). It would have been nice to make a copy of the SockAddr, in case the caller has a use for it, but one of the implementations (uxnet.c) hides a "struct addrinfo" in there, and we have no defined way to duplicate those. (None of the current callers _do_ have a further use for the SockAddr.) As far as I can tell, everything _except_ proxying only needs addr for the duration of the call, so sk_addr_free()s immediately. If I'm mistaken, it should at least be easier to find the offending free()... [originally from svn r3383] [r2492 == bdd6633970d9c53ce0ad97b460c8c684285bb15e]
2003-08-07 16:04:33 +00:00
}
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
if (port < 0)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
port = 23; /* default telnet port */
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
/*
* Open socket.
*/
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
telnet->s = new_connection(addr, *realhost, port, false, true, nodelay,
sshproxy: share the caller's LogPolicy. Now new_connection() takes an optional LogPolicy * argument, and passes it on to the SshProxy setup. This means that SshProxy's implementation of the LogPolicy trait can answer queries like askappend() and logging_error() by passing them on to the same LogPolicy used by the main backend. Not all callers of new_connection have a LogPolicy, so we still have to fall back to the previous conservative default behaviour if SshProxy doesn't have a LogPolicy it can ask. The main backend implementations didn't _quite_ have access to a LogPolicy already, but they do have a LogContext, which has a LogPolicy vtable pointer inside it; so I've added a query function log_get_policy() which allows them to extract that pointer to pass to new_connection. This is the first step of fixing the non-interactivity limitations of SshProxy. But it's also the easiest step: the next ones will be more involved.
2021-09-13 16:17:20 +00:00
keepalive, &telnet->plug, telnet->conf,
Pass an Interactor to new_connection(). Thanks to the previous commit, this new parameter can replace two of the existing ones: instead of passing a LogPolicy and a Seat, we now pass just an Interactor, from which any proxy implementation can extract the LogPolicy and the Seat anyway if they need it.
2021-10-30 16:36:52 +00:00
&telnet->interactor);
Hammer out some char * vs unsigned char * problems. In general, I've kept any buffers used internally by telnet.c as unsigned char, and cast to/from char * when interacting with the rest of PuTTY. Not actually tested, since I'm some way from actually being able to link this yet. Also clean up a couple of style warnings from Apple's compilers. [originally from svn r2447]
2003-01-04 16:42:53 +00:00
if ((err = sk_socket_error(telnet->s)) != NULL)
Make the backend_init error message dynamic. (NFC) Now, instead of a 'const char *' in the static data segment, error messages returned from backend setup are dynamically allocated and freed by the caller. This will allow me to make the messages much more specific (including errno values and the like). However, this commit is pure refactoring: I've _just_ changed the allocation policy, and left all the messages alone.
2020-04-18 12:28:33 +00:00
return dupstr(err);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Allow new_connection to take an optional Seat. (NFC) This is working towards allowing the subsidiary SSH connection in an SshProxy to share the main user-facing Seat, so as to be able to pass through interactive prompts. This is more difficult than the similar change with LogPolicy, because Seats are stateful. In particular, the trust-sigil status will need to be controlled by the SshProxy until it's ready to pass over control to the main SSH (or whatever) connection. To make this work, I've introduced a thing called a TempSeat, which is (yet) another Seat implementation. When a backend hands its Seat to new_connection(), it does it in a way that allows new_connection() to borrow it completely, and replace it in the main backend structure with a TempSeat, which acts as a temporary placeholder. If the main backend tries to do things like changing trust status or sending output, the TempSeat will buffer them; later on, when the connection is established, TempSeat will replay the changes into the real Seat. So, in each backend, I've made the following changes: - pass &foo->seat to new_connection, which may overwrite it with a TempSeat. - if it has done so (which we can tell via the is_tempseat() query function), then we have to free the TempSeat and reinstate our main Seat. The signal that we can do so is the PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS notification, which indicates that SshProxy has finished all its connection setup work. - we also have to remember to free the TempSeat if our backend is disposed of without that having happened (e.g. because the connection _doesn't_ succeed). - in backends which have no local auth phase to worry about, ensure we don't call seat_set_trust_status on the main Seat _before_ it gets potentially replaced with a TempSeat. Moved some calls of seat_set_trust_status to just after new_connection(), so that now the initial trust status setup will go into the TempSeat (if appropriate) and be buffered until that seat is relinquished. In all other uses of new_connection, where we don't have a Seat available at all, we just pass NULL. This is NFC, because neither new_connection() nor any of its delegates will _actually_ do this replacement yet. We're just setting up the framework to enable it to do so in the next commit.
2021-09-13 16:17:20 +00:00
/* No local authentication phase in this protocol */
seat_set_trust_status(telnet->seat, false);
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
telnet->pinger = pinger_new(telnet->conf, &telnet->backend);
New timing infrastructure. There's a new function schedule_timer() which pretty much any module can call to request a call-back in the future. So terminal.c can do its own handling of blinking, visual bells and deferred screen updates, without having to rely on term_update() being called 50 times a second (fixes: pterm-timer); and ssh.c and telnet.c both invoke a new module pinger.c which takes care of sending keepalives, so they get sent uniformly in all front ends (fixes: plink-keepalives, unix-keepalives). [originally from svn r4906] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2004-11-27 13:20:21 +00:00
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
/*
* Initialise option states.
*/
Switch some Conf settings over to being bool. I think this is the full set of things that ought logically to be boolean. One annoyance is that quite a few radio-button controls in config.c address Conf fields that are now bool rather than int, which means that the shared handler function can't just access them all with conf_{get,set}_int. Rather than back out the rigorous separation of int and bool in conf.c itself, I've just added a similar alternative handler function for the bool-typed ones.
2018-10-29 19:57:31 +00:00
if (conf_get_bool(telnet->conf, CONF_passive_telnet)) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
const struct Opt *const *o;
From RDB: telnet can now start up in passive mode, in which it doesn't do any negotiation until the remote side does. [originally from svn r1107]
2001-05-09 13:51:07 +00:00
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
for (o = opts; *o; o++)
telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index] = INACTIVE;
From RDB: telnet can now start up in passive mode, in which it doesn't do any negotiation until the remote side does. [originally from svn r1107]
2001-05-09 13:51:07 +00:00
} else {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
const struct Opt *const *o;
for (o = opts; *o; o++) {
telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index] = (*o)->initial_state;
if (telnet->opt_states[(*o)->index] == REQUESTED)
send_opt(telnet, (*o)->send, (*o)->option);
}
telnet->activated = true;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
/*
* Set up SYNCH state.
*/
Adopt C99 <stdbool.h>'s true/false. This commit includes <stdbool.h> from defs.h and deletes my traditional definitions of TRUE and FALSE, but other than that, it's a 100% mechanical search-and-replace transforming all uses of TRUE and FALSE into the C99-standardised lowercase spellings. No actual types are changed in this commit; that will come next. This is just getting the noise out of the way, so that subsequent commits can have a higher proportion of signal.
2018-10-29 19:50:29 +00:00
telnet->in_synch = false;
Bug fix: line discipline selection is not enabled until after ssh authentication phase to stop user/password prompts behaving oddly [originally from svn r614]
2000-09-22 13:10:19 +00:00
Telnet specials menu was not being reinstated after a session was restarted in the same window (Windows version only). Policy change: it's now the backend's responsibility to call update_specials_menu() at the start of a session (or whenever it feels ready), if it has any special commands. Otherwise the menu won't be displayed. [originally from svn r4649]
2004-10-17 14:44:27 +00:00
/*
* We can send special commands from the start.
*/
New abstraction 'Seat', to pass to backends. This is a new vtable-based abstraction which is passed to a backend in place of Frontend, and it implements only the subset of the Frontend functions needed by a backend. (Many other Frontend functions still exist, notably the wide range of things called by terminal.c providing platform-independent operations on the GUI terminal window.) The purpose of making it a vtable is that this opens up the possibility of creating a backend as an internal implementation detail of some other activity, by providing just that one backend with a custom Seat that implements the methods differently. For example, this refactoring should make it feasible to directly implement an SSH proxy type, aka the 'jump host' feature supported by OpenSSH, aka 'open a secondary SSH session in MAINCHAN_DIRECT_TCP mode, and then expose the main channel of that as the Socket for the primary connection'. (Which of course you can already do by spawning 'plink -nc' as a separate proxy process, but this would permit it in the _same_ process without anything getting confused.) I've centralised a full set of stub methods in misc.c for the new abstraction, which allows me to get rid of several annoying stubs in the previous code. Also, while I'm here, I've moved a lot of duplicated modalfatalbox() type functions from application main program files into wincons.c / uxcons.c, which I think saves duplication overall. (A minor visible effect is that the prefixes on those console-based fatal error messages will now be more consistent between applications.)
2018-10-11 18:58:42 +00:00
seat_update_specials_menu(telnet->seat);
Telnet specials menu was not being reinstated after a session was restarted in the same window (Windows version only). Policy change: it's now the backend's responsibility to call update_specials_menu() at the start of a session (or whenever it feels ready), if it has any special commands. Otherwise the menu won't be displayed. [originally from svn r4649]
2004-10-17 14:44:27 +00:00
Been meaning to do this for years: introduce a configuration option to manually tweak the host name and port number under which the SSH host key is read and written. I've put it in the cross-platform Connection panel. Partly under the flimsy pretext that other backends _can_ use it if they so wish (and in fact it overrides the host name for title-bar purposes in all network backends, though it has no other effect in anything but SSH); but mostly because the SSH panel was too full already :-) [originally from svn r8033]
2008-06-01 11:16:32 +00:00
/*
* loghost overrides realhost, if specified.
*/
Post-release destabilisation! Completely remove the struct type 'Config' in putty.h, which stores all PuTTY's settings and includes an arbitrary length limit on every single one of those settings which is stored in string form. In place of it is 'Conf', an opaque data type everywhere outside the new file conf.c, which stores a list of (key, value) pairs in which every key contains an integer identifying a configuration setting, and for some of those integers the key also contains extra parts (so that, for instance, CONF_environmt is a string-to-string mapping). Everywhere that a Config was previously used, a Conf is now; everywhere there was a Config structure copy, conf_copy() is called; every lookup, adjustment, load and save operation on a Config has been rewritten; and there's a mechanism for serialising a Conf into a binary blob and back for use with Duplicate Session. User-visible effects of this change _should_ be minimal, though I don't doubt I've introduced one or two bugs here and there which will eventually be found. The _intended_ visible effects of this change are that all arbitrary limits on configuration strings and lists (e.g. limit on number of port forwardings) should now disappear; that list boxes in the configuration will now be displayed in a sorted order rather than the arbitrary order in which they were added to the list (since the underlying data structure is now a sorted tree234 rather than an ad-hoc comma-separated string); and one more specific change, which is that local and dynamic port forwardings on the same port number are now mutually exclusive in the configuration (putting 'D' in the key rather than the value was a mistake in the first place). One other reorganisation as a result of this is that I've moved all the dialog.c standard handlers (dlg_stdeditbox_handler and friends) out into config.c, because I can't really justify calling them generic any more. When they took a pointer to an arbitrary structure type and the offset of a field within that structure, they were independent of whether that structure was a Config or something completely different, but now they really do expect to talk to a Conf, which can _only_ be used for PuTTY configuration, so I've renamed them all things like conf_editbox_handler and moved them out of the nominally independent dialog-box management module into the PuTTY-specific config.c. [originally from svn r9214]
2011-07-14 18:52:21 +00:00
loghost = conf_get_str(telnet->conf, CONF_loghost);
if (*loghost) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
char *colon;
Been meaning to do this for years: introduce a configuration option to manually tweak the host name and port number under which the SSH host key is read and written. I've put it in the cross-platform Connection panel. Partly under the flimsy pretext that other backends _can_ use it if they so wish (and in fact it overrides the host name for title-bar purposes in all network backends, though it has no other effect in anything but SSH); but mostly because the SSH panel was too full already :-) [originally from svn r8033]
2008-06-01 11:16:32 +00:00
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
sfree(*realhost);
*realhost = dupstr(loghost);
Use the new host_str* functions to improve IPv6 literal support. I've gone through everywhere we handle host names / addresses (on command lines, in PuTTY config, in port forwarding, in X display names, in host key storage...) and tried to make them handle IPv6 literals sensibly, by using the host_str* functions I introduced in my previous commit. Generally it's now OK to use a bracketed IPv6 literal anywhere a hostname might have been valid; in a few cases where no ambiguity exists (e.g. no :port suffix is permitted anyway) unbracketed IPv6 literals are also acceptable. [originally from svn r10120]
2014-01-25 15:58:54 +00:00
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
colon = host_strrchr(*realhost, ':');
if (colon)
*colon++ = '\0';
Been meaning to do this for years: introduce a configuration option to manually tweak the host name and port number under which the SSH host key is read and written. I've put it in the cross-platform Connection panel. Partly under the flimsy pretext that other backends _can_ use it if they so wish (and in fact it overrides the host name for title-bar purposes in all network backends, though it has no other effect in anything but SSH); but mostly because the SSH panel was too full already :-) [originally from svn r8033]
2008-06-01 11:16:32 +00:00
}
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
return NULL;
}
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
static void telnet_free(Backend *be)
Add the ability to close sessions. This adds *_free() functions to most areas of the code. Not all back-ends have been tested, but Telnet and SSH behave reasonably. Incidentally, almost all of this patch was written through Mac PuTTY, admittedly over a Telnet connection. [originally from svn r2615]
2003-01-15 23:30:21 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Add the ability to close sessions. This adds *_free() functions to most areas of the code. Not all back-ends have been tested, but Telnet and SSH behave reasonably. Incidentally, almost all of this patch was written through Mac PuTTY, admittedly over a Telnet connection. [originally from svn r2615]
2003-01-15 23:30:21 +00:00
Allow new_connection to take an optional Seat. (NFC) This is working towards allowing the subsidiary SSH connection in an SshProxy to share the main user-facing Seat, so as to be able to pass through interactive prompts. This is more difficult than the similar change with LogPolicy, because Seats are stateful. In particular, the trust-sigil status will need to be controlled by the SshProxy until it's ready to pass over control to the main SSH (or whatever) connection. To make this work, I've introduced a thing called a TempSeat, which is (yet) another Seat implementation. When a backend hands its Seat to new_connection(), it does it in a way that allows new_connection() to borrow it completely, and replace it in the main backend structure with a TempSeat, which acts as a temporary placeholder. If the main backend tries to do things like changing trust status or sending output, the TempSeat will buffer them; later on, when the connection is established, TempSeat will replay the changes into the real Seat. So, in each backend, I've made the following changes: - pass &foo->seat to new_connection, which may overwrite it with a TempSeat. - if it has done so (which we can tell via the is_tempseat() query function), then we have to free the TempSeat and reinstate our main Seat. The signal that we can do so is the PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS notification, which indicates that SshProxy has finished all its connection setup work. - we also have to remember to free the TempSeat if our backend is disposed of without that having happened (e.g. because the connection _doesn't_ succeed). - in backends which have no local auth phase to worry about, ensure we don't call seat_set_trust_status on the main Seat _before_ it gets potentially replaced with a TempSeat. Moved some calls of seat_set_trust_status to just after new_connection(), so that now the initial trust status setup will go into the TempSeat (if appropriate) and be buffered until that seat is relinquished. In all other uses of new_connection, where we don't have a Seat available at all, we just pass NULL. This is NFC, because neither new_connection() nor any of its delegates will _actually_ do this replacement yet. We're just setting up the framework to enable it to do so in the next commit.
2021-09-13 16:17:20 +00:00
if (is_tempseat(telnet->seat))
tempseat_free(telnet->seat);
Replace more ad-hoc growing char buffers with strbuf. I've fixed a handful of these where I found them in passing, but when I went systematically looking, there were a lot more that I hadn't found! A particular highlight of this collection is the code that formats Windows clipboard data in RTF, which was absolutely crying out for strbuf_catf, and now it's got it.
2019-02-11 06:58:07 +00:00
strbuf_free(telnet->sb_buf);
Add the ability to close sessions. This adds *_free() functions to most areas of the code. Not all back-ends have been tested, but Telnet and SSH behave reasonably. Incidentally, almost all of this patch was written through Mac PuTTY, admittedly over a Telnet connection. [originally from svn r2615]
2003-01-15 23:30:21 +00:00
if (telnet->s)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
sk_close(telnet->s);
New timing infrastructure. There's a new function schedule_timer() which pretty much any module can call to request a call-back in the future. So terminal.c can do its own handling of blinking, visual bells and deferred screen updates, without having to rely on term_update() being called 50 times a second (fixes: pterm-timer); and ssh.c and telnet.c both invoke a new module pinger.c which takes care of sending keepalives, so they get sent uniformly in all front ends (fixes: plink-keepalives, unix-keepalives). [originally from svn r4906] [this svn revision also touched putty-wishlist]
2004-11-27 13:20:21 +00:00
if (telnet->pinger)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
pinger_free(telnet->pinger);
Post-release destabilisation! Completely remove the struct type 'Config' in putty.h, which stores all PuTTY's settings and includes an arbitrary length limit on every single one of those settings which is stored in string form. In place of it is 'Conf', an opaque data type everywhere outside the new file conf.c, which stores a list of (key, value) pairs in which every key contains an integer identifying a configuration setting, and for some of those integers the key also contains extra parts (so that, for instance, CONF_environmt is a string-to-string mapping). Everywhere that a Config was previously used, a Conf is now; everywhere there was a Config structure copy, conf_copy() is called; every lookup, adjustment, load and save operation on a Config has been rewritten; and there's a mechanism for serialising a Conf into a binary blob and back for use with Duplicate Session. User-visible effects of this change _should_ be minimal, though I don't doubt I've introduced one or two bugs here and there which will eventually be found. The _intended_ visible effects of this change are that all arbitrary limits on configuration strings and lists (e.g. limit on number of port forwardings) should now disappear; that list boxes in the configuration will now be displayed in a sorted order rather than the arbitrary order in which they were added to the list (since the underlying data structure is now a sorted tree234 rather than an ad-hoc comma-separated string); and one more specific change, which is that local and dynamic port forwardings on the same port number are now mutually exclusive in the configuration (putting 'D' in the key rather than the value was a mistake in the first place). One other reorganisation as a result of this is that I've moved all the dialog.c standard handlers (dlg_stdeditbox_handler and friends) out into config.c, because I can't really justify calling them generic any more. When they took a pointer to an arbitrary structure type and the offset of a field within that structure, they were independent of whether that structure was a Config or something completely different, but now they really do expect to talk to a Conf, which can _only_ be used for PuTTY configuration, so I've renamed them all things like conf_editbox_handler and moved them out of the nominally independent dialog-box management module into the PuTTY-specific config.c. [originally from svn r9214]
2011-07-14 18:52:21 +00:00
conf_free(telnet->conf);
Add 'description' methods for Backend and Plug. These will typically be implemented by objects that are both a Backend *and* a Plug, and the two methods will deliver the same results to any caller, regardless of which facet of the object is known to that caller. Their purpose is to deliver a user-oriented natural-language description of what network connection the object is handling, so that it can appear in diagnostic messages. The messages I specifically have in mind are going to appear in cases where proxies require interactive authentication: when PuTTY prompts interactively for a password, it will need to explain which *thing* it's asking for the password for, and these descriptions are what it will use to describe the thing in question. Each backend is allowed to compose these messages however it thinks best. In all cases at present, the description string is constructed by the new centralised default_description() function, which takes a host name and port number and combines them with the backend's display name. But the SSH backend does things a bit differently, because it uses the _logical_ host name (the one that goes with the SSH host key) rather than the physical destination of the network connection. That seems more appropriate when the question it's really helping the user to answer is "What host am I supposed to be entering the password for?" In this commit, no clients of the new methods are introduced. I have a draft implementation of actually using it for the purpose I describe above, but it needs polishing.
2021-10-24 08:18:12 +00:00
sfree(telnet->description);
Add the ability to close sessions. This adds *_free() functions to most areas of the code. Not all back-ends have been tested, but Telnet and SSH behave reasonably. Incidentally, almost all of this patch was written through Mac PuTTY, admittedly over a Telnet connection. [originally from svn r2615]
2003-01-15 23:30:21 +00:00
sfree(telnet);
}
The back ends now contain their own copies of the Config structure, and have a function to pass in a new one. (Well, actually several back ends don't actually bother to do this because they need nothing out of Config after the initial setup phase, but they could if they wanted to.) [originally from svn r2561]
2003-01-12 14:48:29 +00:00
/*
* Reconfigure the Telnet backend. There's no immediate action
* necessary, in this backend: we just save the fresh config for
* any subsequent negotiations.
*/
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
static void telnet_reconfig(Backend *be, Conf *conf)
The back ends now contain their own copies of the Config structure, and have a function to pass in a new one. (Well, actually several back ends don't actually bother to do this because they need nothing out of Config after the initial setup phase, but they could if they wanted to.) [originally from svn r2561]
2003-01-12 14:48:29 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Post-release destabilisation! Completely remove the struct type 'Config' in putty.h, which stores all PuTTY's settings and includes an arbitrary length limit on every single one of those settings which is stored in string form. In place of it is 'Conf', an opaque data type everywhere outside the new file conf.c, which stores a list of (key, value) pairs in which every key contains an integer identifying a configuration setting, and for some of those integers the key also contains extra parts (so that, for instance, CONF_environmt is a string-to-string mapping). Everywhere that a Config was previously used, a Conf is now; everywhere there was a Config structure copy, conf_copy() is called; every lookup, adjustment, load and save operation on a Config has been rewritten; and there's a mechanism for serialising a Conf into a binary blob and back for use with Duplicate Session. User-visible effects of this change _should_ be minimal, though I don't doubt I've introduced one or two bugs here and there which will eventually be found. The _intended_ visible effects of this change are that all arbitrary limits on configuration strings and lists (e.g. limit on number of port forwardings) should now disappear; that list boxes in the configuration will now be displayed in a sorted order rather than the arbitrary order in which they were added to the list (since the underlying data structure is now a sorted tree234 rather than an ad-hoc comma-separated string); and one more specific change, which is that local and dynamic port forwardings on the same port number are now mutually exclusive in the configuration (putting 'D' in the key rather than the value was a mistake in the first place). One other reorganisation as a result of this is that I've moved all the dialog.c standard handlers (dlg_stdeditbox_handler and friends) out into config.c, because I can't really justify calling them generic any more. When they took a pointer to an arbitrary structure type and the offset of a field within that structure, they were independent of whether that structure was a Config or something completely different, but now they really do expect to talk to a Conf, which can _only_ be used for PuTTY configuration, so I've renamed them all things like conf_editbox_handler and moved them out of the nominally independent dialog-box management module into the PuTTY-specific config.c. [originally from svn r9214]
2011-07-14 18:52:21 +00:00
pinger_reconfig(telnet->pinger, telnet->conf, conf);
conf_free(telnet->conf);
telnet->conf = conf_copy(conf);
The back ends now contain their own copies of the Config structure, and have a function to pass in a new one. (Well, actually several back ends don't actually bother to do this because they need nothing out of Config after the initial setup phase, but they could if they wanted to.) [originally from svn r2561]
2003-01-12 14:48:29 +00:00
}
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
/*
* Called to send data down the Telnet connection.
*/
Separate backend_send from backend_sendbuffer. On a similar theme of separating the query operation from the attempted change, backend_send() now no longer has the side effect of returning the current size of the send buffer. Instead, you have to call backend_sendbuffer() every time you want to know that.
2021-09-12 08:52:46 +00:00
static void telnet_send(Backend *be, const char *buf, size_t len)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Hammer out some char * vs unsigned char * problems. In general, I've kept any buffers used internally by telnet.c as unsigned char, and cast to/from char * when interacting with the rest of PuTTY. Not actually tested, since I'm some way from actually being able to link this yet. Also clean up a couple of style warnings from Apple's compilers. [originally from svn r2447]
2003-01-04 16:42:53 +00:00
unsigned char *p, *end;
Miscellaneous fixes to finish up `remove-statics'. rlogin.c had a holdout static I hadn't noticed; unicode.c had one too; and a large number of statics that were perfectly OK due to being constants have been made `const', with assorted `const' repercussions all over the place. I now declare `remove-statics' to be fixed. [originally from svn r2594]
2003-01-14 18:43:45 +00:00
static const unsigned char iac[2] = { IAC, IAC };
static const unsigned char cr[2] = { CR, NUL };
From RDB: a patch to allow special keys (^C, ^Z, Delete, Return) to send Telnet special sequences (Interrupt Process, Suspend, Erase Char, End Of Line) instead of their ASCII equivalents. In particular Return -> Telnet End Of Line is _always_ enabled irrespective of the configuration, while the others are optional. Also in this patch, an entertainingly ghastly use of `switch' to allow literal ^M^J to do the same thing as magic-^M (the Return key) when in Raw protocol. [originally from svn r1109]
2001-05-09 15:12:26 +00:00
#if 0
Miscellaneous fixes to finish up `remove-statics'. rlogin.c had a holdout static I hadn't noticed; unicode.c had one too; and a large number of statics that were perfectly OK due to being constants have been made `const', with assorted `const' repercussions all over the place. I now declare `remove-statics' to be fixed. [originally from svn r2594]
2003-01-14 18:43:45 +00:00
static const unsigned char nl[2] = { CR, LF };
From RDB: a patch to allow special keys (^C, ^Z, Delete, Return) to send Telnet special sequences (Interrupt Process, Suspend, Erase Char, End Of Line) instead of their ASCII equivalents. In particular Return -> Telnet End Of Line is _always_ enabled irrespective of the configuration, while the others are optional. Also in this patch, an entertainingly ghastly use of `switch' to allow literal ^M^J to do the same thing as magic-^M (the Return key) when in Raw protocol. [originally from svn r1109]
2001-05-09 15:12:26 +00:00
#endif
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
if (telnet->s == NULL)
Separate backend_send from backend_sendbuffer. On a similar theme of separating the query operation from the attempted change, backend_send() now no longer has the side effect of returning the current size of the send buffer. Instead, you have to call backend_sendbuffer() every time you want to know that.
2021-09-12 08:52:46 +00:00
return;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Hammer out some char * vs unsigned char * problems. In general, I've kept any buffers used internally by telnet.c as unsigned char, and cast to/from char * when interacting with the rest of PuTTY. Not actually tested, since I'm some way from actually being able to link this yet. Also clean up a couple of style warnings from Apple's compilers. [originally from svn r2447]
2003-01-04 16:42:53 +00:00
p = (unsigned char *)buf;
end = (unsigned char *)(buf + len);
while (p < end) {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
unsigned char *q = p;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
while (p < end && iswritable(*p))
p++;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, q, p - q);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
while (p < end && !iswritable(*p)) {
telnet->bufsize =
sk_write(telnet->s, *p == IAC ? iac : cr, 2);
p++;
}
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
Extensive changes that _should_ fix the socket buffering problems, by ceasing to listen on input channels if the corresponding output channel isn't accepting data. Has had basic check-I-didn't-actually- break-anything-too-badly testing, but hasn't been genuinely tested in stress conditions (because concocting stress conditions is non- trivial). [originally from svn r1198]
2001-08-25 17:09:23 +00:00
}
/*
* Called to query the current socket sendability status.
*/
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
static size_t telnet_sendbuffer(Backend *be)
Extensive changes that _should_ fix the socket buffering problems, by ceasing to listen on input channels if the corresponding output channel isn't accepting data. Has had basic check-I-didn't-actually- break-anything-too-badly testing, but hasn't been genuinely tested in stress conditions (because concocting stress conditions is non- trivial). [originally from svn r1198]
2001-08-25 17:09:23 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
return telnet->bufsize;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
/*
* Called to set the size of the window from Telnet's POV.
*/
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
static void telnet_size(Backend *be, int width, int height)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Fix `telnet-resize-iac'. (IAC bytes were not duplicated when they occurred in a NAWS subnegotiation. Result: a terminal width or height of 255 was not being correctly sent to the server.) [originally from svn r2421]
2003-01-02 11:14:35 +00:00
unsigned char b[24];
int n;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
telnet->term_width = width;
telnet->term_height = height;
Cleanups from yesterday's destabilisation: lots of stuff in terminal.c was apparently relying on implicit initialisation to zero, and also I've removed the backends' dependency on terminal.h by having terminal sizes explicitly passed in to back->size(). [originally from svn r2117]
2002-10-23 12:41:35 +00:00
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
if (telnet->s == NULL || telnet->opt_states[o_naws.index] != ACTIVE)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
return;
Fix `telnet-resize-iac'. (IAC bytes were not duplicated when they occurred in a NAWS subnegotiation. Result: a terminal width or height of 255 was not being correctly sent to the server.) [originally from svn r2421]
2003-01-02 11:14:35 +00:00
n = 0;
b[n++] = IAC;
b[n++] = SB;
b[n++] = TELOPT_NAWS;
b[n++] = telnet->term_width >> 8;
if (b[n-1] == IAC) b[n++] = IAC; /* duplicate any IAC byte occurs */
b[n++] = telnet->term_width & 0xFF;
if (b[n-1] == IAC) b[n++] = IAC; /* duplicate any IAC byte occurs */
b[n++] = telnet->term_height >> 8;
if (b[n-1] == IAC) b[n++] = IAC; /* duplicate any IAC byte occurs */
b[n++] = telnet->term_height & 0xFF;
if (b[n-1] == IAC) b[n++] = IAC; /* duplicate any IAC byte occurs */
b[n++] = IAC;
b[n++] = SE;
Make lots of generic data parameters into 'void *'. This is a cleanup I started to notice a need for during the BinarySink work. It removes a lot of faffing about casting things to char * or unsigned char * so that some API will accept them, even though lots of such APIs really take a plain 'block of raw binary data' argument and don't care what C thinks the signedness of that data might be - they may well reinterpret it back and forth internally. So I've tried to arrange for all the function call APIs that ought to have a void * (or const void *) to have one, and those that need to do pointer arithmetic on the parameter internally can cast it back at the top of the function. That saves endless ad-hoc casts at the call sites.
2018-05-26 07:31:34 +00:00
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, n);
Telnet: remove tabs from Event Log entries. While re-testing the other backends, I noticed that they work really badly in the GTK event log, which apparently interprets tabs as meaning 'next table column', and assumes that any line not containing a tab must be entirely in the leftmost column. So all the Telnet negotiations are miles off to the right, beyond the longest other line in the entire log. Replaced with a bit more verbiage.
2021-09-13 12:13:07 +00:00
logeventf(telnet->logctx, "client subnegotiation: SB NAWS %d,%d",
Refactor the LogContext type. LogContext is now the owner of the logevent() function that back ends and so forth are constantly calling. Previously, logevent was owned by the Frontend, which would store the message into its list for the GUI Event Log dialog (or print it to standard error, or whatever) and then pass it _back_ to LogContext to write to the currently open log file. Now it's the other way round: LogContext gets the message from the back end first, writes it to its log file if it feels so inclined, and communicates it back to the front end. This means that lots of parts of the back end system no longer need to have a pointer to a full-on Frontend; the only thing they needed it for was logging, so now they just have a LogContext (which many of them had to have anyway, e.g. for logging SSH packets or session traffic). LogContext itself also doesn't get a full Frontend pointer any more: it now talks back to the front end via a little vtable of its own called LogPolicy, which contains the method that passes Event Log entries through, the old askappend() function that decides whether to truncate a pre-existing log file, and an emergency function for printing an especially prominent message if the log file can't be created. One minor nice effect of this is that console and GUI apps can implement that last function subtly differently, so that Unix console apps can write it with a plain \n instead of the \r\n (harmless but inelegant) that the old centralised implementation generated. One other consequence of this is that the LogContext has to be provided to backend_init() so that it's available to backends from the instant of creation, rather than being provided via a separate API call a couple of function calls later, because backends have typically started doing things that need logging (like making network connections) before the call to backend_provide_logctx. Fortunately, there's no case in the whole code base where we don't already have logctx by the time we make a backend (so I don't actually remember why I ever delayed providing one). So that shortens the backend API by one function, which is always nice. While I'm tidying up, I've also moved the printf-style logeventf() and the handy logevent_and_free() into logging.c, instead of having copies of them scattered around other places. This has also let me remove some stub functions from a couple of outlying applications like Pageant. Finally, I've removed the pointless "_tag" at the end of LogContext's official struct name.
2018-10-10 18:26:18 +00:00
telnet->term_width, telnet->term_height);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
/*
* Send Telnet special codes.
*/
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
static void telnet_special(Backend *be, SessionSpecialCode code, int arg)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
unsigned char b[2];
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
if (telnet->s == NULL)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
return;
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
b[0] = IAC;
switch (code) {
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_AYT:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = AYT;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_BRK:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = BREAK;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_EC:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = EC;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_EL:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = EL;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_GA:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = GA;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_NOP:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = NOP;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_ABORT:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = ABORT;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_AO:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = AO;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_IP:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = IP;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_SUSP:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = SUSP;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_EOR:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = EOR;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_EOF:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = xEOF;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_EOL:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
/* In BINARY mode, CR-LF becomes just CR -
* and without the NUL suffix too. */
if (telnet->opt_states[o_we_bin.index] == ACTIVE)
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, "\r", 1);
else
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, "\r\n", 2);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_SYNCH:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
b[1] = DM;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 1);
telnet->bufsize = sk_write_oob(telnet->s, b + 1, 1);
break;
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
case SS_PING:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
if (telnet->opt_states[o_they_sga.index] == ACTIVE) {
b[1] = NOP;
telnet->bufsize = sk_write(telnet->s, b, 2);
}
break;
Support the SSH-2 mechanism for sending signals to a running session. Neither of the SSH servers I conveniently have access to (Debian stable OpenSSH -- 3.4p1 -- and lshd) seem to take a blind bit of notice, but the channel requests look fine to me in the packet log. I've included all the signals explicitly defined by draft-ietf-secsh-connect-19, but I've put the more obscure ones in a submenu of the specials menu; there's therefore been some minor upheaval to support such submenus. [originally from svn r4652]
2004-10-17 21:22:22 +00:00
default:
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
break; /* never heard of it */
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
}
}
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
static const SessionSpecial *telnet_get_specials(Backend *be)
Turned the old `Telnet Command' System-submenu into a more general `Special Command' menu, in which any backend can place its own list of magical things the user might want to ask the backend to do. In particular I've implemented the recently proposed "break" extension in SSH2 using this mechanism. NB this checkin slightly breaks the Mac build, since it needs to provide at least a stub form of update_specials_menu(). [originally from svn r3054]
2003-04-04 20:21:05 +00:00
{
Rework special-commands system to add an integer argument. In order to list cross-certifiable host keys in the GUI specials menu, the SSH backend has been inventing new values on the end of the Telnet_Special enumeration, starting from the value TS_LOCALSTART. This is inelegant, and also makes it awkward to break up special handlers (e.g. to dispatch different specials to different SSH layers), since if all you know about a special is that it's somewhere in the TS_LOCALSTART+n space, you can't tell what _general kind_ of thing it is. Also, if I ever need another open-ended set of specials in future, I'll have to remember which TS_LOCALSTART+n codes are in which set. So here's a revamp that causes every special to take an extra integer argument. For all previously numbered specials, this argument is passed as zero and ignored, but there's a new main special code for SSH host key cross-certification, in which the integer argument is an index into the backend's list of available keys. TS_LOCALSTART is now a thing of the past: if I need any other open-ended sets of specials in future, I can add a new top-level code with a nicely separated space of arguments. While I'm at it, I've removed the legacy misnomer 'Telnet_Special' from the code completely; the enum is now SessionSpecialCode, the struct containing full details of a menu entry is SessionSpecial, and the enum values now start SS_ rather than TS_.
2018-09-24 08:35:52 +00:00
static const SessionSpecial specials[] = {
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
{"Are You There", SS_AYT},
{"Break", SS_BRK},
{"Synch", SS_SYNCH},
{"Erase Character", SS_EC},
{"Erase Line", SS_EL},
{"Go Ahead", SS_GA},
{"No Operation", SS_NOP},
{NULL, SS_SEP},
{"Abort Process", SS_ABORT},
{"Abort Output", SS_AO},
{"Interrupt Process", SS_IP},
{"Suspend Process", SS_SUSP},
{NULL, SS_SEP},
{"End Of Record", SS_EOR},
{"End Of File", SS_EOF},
{NULL, SS_EXITMENU}
Turned the old `Telnet Command' System-submenu into a more general `Special Command' menu, in which any backend can place its own list of magical things the user might want to ask the backend to do. In particular I've implemented the recently proposed "break" extension in SSH2 using this mechanism. NB this checkin slightly breaks the Mac build, since it needs to provide at least a stub form of update_specials_menu(). [originally from svn r3054]
2003-04-04 20:21:05 +00:00
};
return specials;
}
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
static bool telnet_connected(Backend *be)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
The `socket' function in the backends is only ever checked to see if it's NULL. Since we already have one back end (uxpty) which doesn't in fact talk to a network socket, and may well have more soon, I'm replacing this TCP/IP-centric function with a nice neutral `connected' function returning a boolean. Nothing else about its semantics has currently changed. [originally from svn r6810]
2006-08-27 08:03:19 +00:00
return telnet->s != NULL;
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
}
Stop plink losing data at start of session [originally from svn r577]
2000-09-08 16:42:11 +00:00
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
static bool telnet_sendok(Backend *be)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Non-SSH network backends: handle PLUGLOG_CONNECT_SUCCESS. All four of the other network-protocol backends (Raw, Telnet, rlogin and SUPDUP) now have a 'socket_connected' flag, which starts off false and is set to true when (if) their Socket signals that the connection attempt has succeeded. This field is used to tell backend_socket_log whether the session has started yet (hence, whether it should still be logging messages from the proxy). This replaces various ad-hoc answers to that question in each backend, which were the best I could do when sockets didn't notify connection success. Now they do, we can do it properly. Also, the new flag controls the answer to each backend's sendok() method, which makes them all satisfy a new policy rule: no backend shall return true from sendok() while its network connection attempt is still ongoing. (Rationale: the network connection attempt may in future involve a proxy implementation interacting with the user via the terminal, and it can't do that if the backend is already consuming all the terminal input.)
2021-09-13 11:00:01 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
return telnet->socket_connected;
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
}
Added a fourth application: plink, a command line connection utility [originally from svn r575]
2000-09-08 14:45:20 +00:00
Make lots of 'int' length fields into size_t. This is a general cleanup which has been overdue for some time: lots of length fields are now the machine word type rather than the (in practice) fixed 'int'.
2019-02-06 20:42:44 +00:00
static void telnet_unthrottle(Backend *be, size_t backlog)
Extensive changes that _should_ fix the socket buffering problems, by ceasing to listen on input channels if the corresponding output channel isn't accepting data. Has had basic check-I-didn't-actually- break-anything-too-badly testing, but hasn't been genuinely tested in stress conditions (because concocting stress conditions is non- trivial). [originally from svn r1198]
2001-08-25 17:09:23 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Major destabilisation, phase 2. This time it's the backends' turn: each backend now stores all its internal variables in a big struct, and each backend function gets a pointer to this struct passed to it. This still isn't the end of the work - lots of subsidiary things still use globals, notably all the cipher and compressor modules and the X11 forwarding authentication stuff. But ssh.c itself has now been transformed, and that was the really painful bit, so from here on it all ought to be a sequence of much smaller and simpler pieces of work. [originally from svn r2127]
2002-10-25 11:30:33 +00:00
sk_set_frozen(telnet->s, backlog > TELNET_MAX_BACKLOG);
Extensive changes that _should_ fix the socket buffering problems, by ceasing to listen on input channels if the corresponding output channel isn't accepting data. Has had basic check-I-didn't-actually- break-anything-too-badly testing, but hasn't been genuinely tested in stress conditions (because concocting stress conditions is non- trivial). [originally from svn r1198]
2001-08-25 17:09:23 +00:00
}
Convert a lot of 'int' variables to 'bool'. My normal habit these days, in new code, is to treat int and bool as _almost_ completely separate types. I'm still willing to use C's implicit test for zero on an integer (e.g. 'if (!blob.len)' is fine, no need to spell it out as blob.len != 0), but generally, if a variable is going to be conceptually a boolean, I like to declare it bool and assign to it using 'true' or 'false' rather than 0 or 1. PuTTY is an exception, because it predates the C99 bool, and I've stuck to its existing coding style even when adding new code to it. But it's been annoying me more and more, so now that I've decided C99 bool is an acceptable thing to require from our toolchain in the first place, here's a quite thorough trawl through the source doing 'boolification'. Many variables and function parameters are now typed as bool rather than int; many assignments of 0 or 1 to those variables are now spelled 'true' or 'false'. I managed this thorough conversion with the help of a custom clang plugin that I wrote to trawl the AST and apply heuristics to point out where things might want changing. So I've even managed to do a decent job on parts of the code I haven't looked at in years! To make the plugin's work easier, I pushed platform front ends generally in the direction of using standard 'bool' in preference to platform-specific boolean types like Windows BOOL or GTK's gboolean; I've left the platform booleans in places they _have_ to be for the platform APIs to work right, but variables only used by my own code have been converted wherever I found them. In a few places there are int values that look very like booleans in _most_ of the places they're used, but have a rarely-used third value, or a distinction between different nonzero values that most users don't care about. In these cases, I've _removed_ uses of 'true' and 'false' for the return values, to emphasise that there's something more subtle going on than a simple boolean answer: - the 'multisel' field in dialog.h's list box structure, for which the GTK front end in particular recognises a difference between 1 and 2 but nearly everything else treats as boolean - the 'urgent' parameter to plug_receive, where 1 vs 2 tells you something about the specific location of the urgent pointer, but most clients only care about 0 vs 'something nonzero' - the return value of wc_match, where -1 indicates a syntax error in the wildcard. - the return values from SSH-1 RSA-key loading functions, which use -1 for 'wrong passphrase' and 0 for all other failures (so any caller which already knows it's not loading an _encrypted private_ key can treat them as boolean) - term->esc_query, and the 'query' parameter in toggle_mode in terminal.c, which _usually_ hold 0 for ESC[123h or 1 for ESC[?123h, but can also hold -1 for some other intervening character that we don't support. In a few places there's an integer that I haven't turned into a bool even though it really _can_ only take values 0 or 1 (and, as above, tried to make the call sites consistent in not calling those values true and false), on the grounds that I thought it would make it more confusing to imply that the 0 value was in some sense 'negative' or bad and the 1 positive or good: - the return value of plug_accepting uses the POSIXish convention of 0=success and nonzero=error; I think if I made it bool then I'd also want to reverse its sense, and that's a job for a separate piece of work. - the 'screen' parameter to lineptr() in terminal.c, where 0 and 1 represent the default and alternate screens. There's no obvious reason why one of those should be considered 'true' or 'positive' or 'success' - they're just indices - so I've left it as int. ssh_scp_recv had particularly confusing semantics for its previous int return value: its call sites used '<= 0' to check for error, but it never actually returned a negative number, just 0 or 1. Now the function and its call sites agree that it's a bool. In a couple of places I've renamed variables called 'ret', because I don't like that name any more - it's unclear whether it means the return value (in preparation) for the _containing_ function or the return value received from a subroutine call, and occasionally I've accidentally used the same variable for both and introduced a bug. So where one of those got in my way, I've renamed it to 'toret' or 'retd' (the latter short for 'returned') in line with my usual modern practice, but I haven't done a thorough job of finding all of them. Finally, one amusing side effect of doing this is that I've had to separate quite a few chained assignments. It used to be perfectly fine to write 'a = b = c = TRUE' when a,b,c were int and TRUE was just a the 'true' defined by stdbool.h, that idiom provokes a warning from gcc: 'suggest parentheses around assignment used as truth value'!
2018-11-02 19:23:19 +00:00
static bool telnet_ldisc(Backend *be, int option)
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
if (option == LD_ECHO)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
return telnet->echoing;
Run entire source base through GNU indent to tidy up the varying coding styles of the various contributors! Woohoo! [originally from svn r1098]
2001-05-06 14:35:20 +00:00
if (option == LD_EDIT)
Whitespace rationalisation of entire code base. The number of people has been steadily increasing who read our source code with an editor that thinks tab stops are 4 spaces apart, as opposed to the traditional tty-derived 8 that the PuTTY code expects. So I've been wondering for ages about just fixing it, and switching to a spaces-only policy throughout the code. And I recently found out about 'git blame -w', which should make this change not too disruptive for the purposes of source-control archaeology; so perhaps now is the time. While I'm at it, I've also taken the opportunity to remove all the trailing spaces from source lines (on the basis that git dislikes them, and is the only thing that seems to have a strong opinion one way or the other). Apologies to anyone downstream of this code who has complicated patch sets to rebase past this change. I don't intend it to be needed again.
2019-09-08 19:29:00 +00:00
return telnet->editing;
Adopt C99 <stdbool.h>'s true/false. This commit includes <stdbool.h> from defs.h and deletes my traditional definitions of TRUE and FALSE, but other than that, it's a 100% mechanical search-and-replace transforming all uses of TRUE and FALSE into the C99-standardised lowercase spellings. No actual types are changed in this commit; that will come next. This is just getting the noise out of the way, so that subsequent commits can have a higher proportion of signal.
2018-10-29 19:50:29 +00:00
return false;
Rethink the whole line discipline architecture. Instead of having multiple switchable line disciplines, we now have a single unified one which changes its behaviour based on option settings. Each option setting can be suggested by the back end and/or the terminal handler, and can be forcibly overridden by the configuration. Local echo and local line editing are separate, independently switchable, options. [originally from svn r895]
2001-01-24 14:08:20 +00:00
}
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
static void telnet_provide_ldisc(Backend *be, Ldisc *ldisc)
Line discipline module now uses dynamically allocated data. Also fixed one or two other minor problems. [originally from svn r2141]
2002-10-26 10:16:19 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
Line discipline module now uses dynamically allocated data. Also fixed one or two other minor problems. [originally from svn r2141]
2002-10-26 10:16:19 +00:00
telnet->ldisc = ldisc;
}
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
static int telnet_exitcode(Backend *be)
Add a new back-end function to return the exit code of the remote process. This is functional in SSH, and vestigial (just returns 0) in the other three protocols. Plink's Windows exit code is now determined by the remote process exit code, which should make it more usable in scripting applications. Tested in both SSH1 and SSH2. [originally from svn r1518]
2001-12-29 15:31:42 +00:00
{
Rename FROMFIELD to 'container_of'. Ian Jackson points out that the Linux kernel has a macro of this name with the same purpose, and suggests that it's a good idea to use the same name as they do, so that at least some people reading one code base might recognise it from the other. I never really thought very hard about what order FROMFIELD's parameters should go in, and therefore I'm pleasantly surprised to find that my order agrees with the kernel's, so I don't have to permute every call site as part of making this change :-)
2018-10-05 22:49:08 +00:00
Telnet *telnet = container_of(be, Telnet, backend);
pterm.c now relies on backend `exitcode' functions returning <0 when the session is still connected, and not returning an exit code until after it's finished. [originally from svn r3033]
2003-03-31 12:10:08 +00:00
if (telnet->s != NULL)
return -1; /* still connected */
Ronald Landheer-Cieslak points out that the various back ends which treat all socket closures as clean exits (because the protocol doesn't provide for transferring a process exit code) could usefully at least treat _socket errors_ as unclean exits. Patch the Telnet, Rlogin and Raw backends to retain that information and return INT_MAX to the frontend. I wasn't sure whether it was better to solve this by modifying each affected frontend, or each affected backend. I chose the latter, but neither is really ideal; this is the sort of thing that makes me wish we had a piece of fixed middleware in between, independent of both platform and protocol. [originally from svn r9730]
2012-12-22 09:40:47 +00:00
else if (telnet->closed_on_socket_error)
return INT_MAX; /* a socket error counts as an unclean exit */
pterm.c now relies on backend `exitcode' functions returning <0 when the session is still connected, and not returning an exit code until after it's finished. [originally from svn r3033]
2003-03-31 12:10:08 +00:00
else
/* Telnet doesn't transmit exit codes back to the client */
return 0;
Add a new back-end function to return the exit code of the remote process. This is functional in SSH, and vestigial (just returns 0) in the other three protocols. Plink's Windows exit code is now determined by the remote process exit code, which should make it more usable in scripting applications. Tested in both SSH1 and SSH2. [originally from svn r1518]
2001-12-29 15:31:42 +00:00
}
Loose end from r5031: the Kex panel should only be displayed in mid-session if we are not using SSHv1. I've done this by introducing a generic `cfg_info' function which every back end can use to communicate an int's worth of data to setup_config_box; in SSH that's the protocol version in use, and in everything else it's currently zero. [originally from svn r5040] [r5031 == d77102a8d535a7000d6d909529a61a1564f6d678]
2004-12-29 12:32:25 +00:00
/*
* cfg_info for Telnet does nothing at all.
*/
Turn Backend into a sensible classoid. Nearly every part of the code that ever handles a full backend structure has historically done it using a pair of pointer variables, one pointing at a constant struct full of function pointers, and the other pointing to a 'void *' state object that's passed to each of those. While I'm modernising the rest of the code, this seems like a good time to turn that into the same more or less type-safe and less cumbersome system as I'm using for other parts of the code, such as Socket, Plug, BinaryPacketProtocol and so forth: the Backend structure contains a vtable pointer, and a system of macro wrappers handles dispatching through that vtable.
2018-09-11 15:23:38 +00:00
static int telnet_cfg_info(Backend *be)
Loose end from r5031: the Kex panel should only be displayed in mid-session if we are not using SSHv1. I've done this by introducing a generic `cfg_info' function which every back end can use to communicate an int's worth of data to setup_config_box; in SSH that's the protocol version in use, and in everything else it's currently zero. [originally from svn r5040] [r5031 == d77102a8d535a7000d6d909529a61a1564f6d678]
2004-12-29 12:32:25 +00:00
{
return 0;
}
Change vtable defs to use C99 designated initialisers. This is a sweeping change applied across the whole code base by a spot of Emacs Lisp. Now, everywhere I declare a vtable filled with function pointers (and the occasional const data member), all the members of the vtable structure are initialised by name using the '.fieldname = value' syntax introduced in C99. We were already using this syntax for a handful of things in the new key-generation progress report system, so it's not new to the code base as a whole. The advantage is that now, when a vtable only declares a subset of the available fields, I can initialise the rest to NULL or zero just by leaving them out. This is most dramatic in a couple of the outlying vtables in things like psocks (which has a ConnectionLayerVtable containing only one non-NULL method), but less dramatically, it means that the new 'flags' field in BackendVtable can be completely left out of every backend definition except for the SUPDUP one which defines it to a nonzero value. Similarly, the test_for_upstream method only used by SSH doesn't have to be mentioned in the rest of the backends; network Plugs for listening sockets don't have to explicitly null out 'receive' and 'sent', and vice versa for 'accepting', and so on. While I'm at it, I've normalised the declarations so they don't use the unnecessarily verbose 'struct' keyword. Also a handful of them weren't const; now they are.
2020-03-10 21:06:29 +00:00
const BackendVtable telnet_backend = {
.init = telnet_init,
.free = telnet_free,
.reconfig = telnet_reconfig,
.send = telnet_send,
.sendbuffer = telnet_sendbuffer,
.size = telnet_size,
.special = telnet_special,
.get_specials = telnet_get_specials,
.connected = telnet_connected,
.exitcode = telnet_exitcode,
.sendok = telnet_sendok,
.ldisc_option_state = telnet_ldisc,
.provide_ldisc = telnet_provide_ldisc,
.unthrottle = telnet_unthrottle,
.cfg_info = telnet_cfg_info,
.id = "telnet",
Lowercase version of BackendVtable's displayname. The current 'displayname' field is designed for presenting in the config UI, so it starts with a capital letter even when it's not a proper noun. If I want to name the backend in the middle of a sentence, I'll need a version that starts with lowercase where appropriate. The old field is renamed displayname_tc, to avoid ambiguity.
2021-10-23 17:26:34 +00:00
.displayname_tc = "Telnet",
.displayname_lc = "Telnet", /* proper name, so capitalise it anyway */
Change vtable defs to use C99 designated initialisers. This is a sweeping change applied across the whole code base by a spot of Emacs Lisp. Now, everywhere I declare a vtable filled with function pointers (and the occasional const data member), all the members of the vtable structure are initialised by name using the '.fieldname = value' syntax introduced in C99. We were already using this syntax for a handful of things in the new key-generation progress report system, so it's not new to the code base as a whole. The advantage is that now, when a vtable only declares a subset of the available fields, I can initialise the rest to NULL or zero just by leaving them out. This is most dramatic in a couple of the outlying vtables in things like psocks (which has a ConnectionLayerVtable containing only one non-NULL method), but less dramatically, it means that the new 'flags' field in BackendVtable can be completely left out of every backend definition except for the SUPDUP one which defines it to a nonzero value. Similarly, the test_for_upstream method only used by SSH doesn't have to be mentioned in the rest of the backends; network Plugs for listening sockets don't have to explicitly null out 'receive' and 'sent', and vice versa for 'accepting', and so on. While I'm at it, I've normalised the declarations so they don't use the unnecessarily verbose 'struct' keyword. Also a handful of them weren't const; now they are.
2020-03-10 21:06:29 +00:00
.protocol = PROT_TELNET,
.default_port = 23,
Initial checkin: beta 0.43 [originally from svn r11]
1999-01-08 13:02:13 +00:00
};
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink